PC 2111 .B747 1867 Copy 1 t'' ■- h m',u.S m '■' ml Qass. Book. 10 &74-1 ,^ ■ PRACTICAL EXERCISES ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. PRACTICAL EXERCISES ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY: TO WHICH IS ADDED, A LEXICON OF IDIOMATIC YERBS. By ISIDOEE BEASSEUE, FRENCH ICTOR TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES; PROFESSOR OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN KING'S COLLEGE AND queen's COLLEGE, LONDON; EXAMINER TO THE ROYAL COLLEGE OP SURGEONS, HARROW SCHOOL, king's SCHOOL, CANTERBURY, ETC. FIFTH EDITION, REVISED. LONDOJS": LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO. 1867. By Transfer D. C. Public Library APR a ^ 1933 LONDO PRINTED BY WERTHEIMET?, LEA AND CO., CIRCUS PLACE, FINSBURT CIECUS PKEFACE. It has been remarked, that though the French language is an object of much attention in Eng- land, the English speak it with less accuracy than any other nation. Whether this be true or not, it may be safely asserted, that the knowledge of most learners, in this country, seldom extends to the Phraseology of that -truly idiomatical language. Many years^ experience having convinced the compiler of the present work that a judicious selection of French idioms was still wanting, he now presents those students who have gone through the elements of the language, with Practical Exercises on its Phraseology, which can hardly fail to prove useful to them. As the object in view is solely to exercise the student in the idiomatic peculiarities of the lan- guage, methodical arrangement has been set aside as useless in a book in which nothing is theo- retical; and in this, the compiler trusts he may obtain the approbation of those judicious teachers, VI PREFACE. whose constant efforts are directed to combine practice with theory, a plan which, experience has proved, can be followed beyond the mere me- chanism of the language. Our Syntax prepares, so to speak, the student for the peculiarities of the French phraseology — a phraseology which is perfectly idiomatic, and upon which exercises are indispensable. The utility of practical exercises upon our idioms is daily felt by those who have an opportunity of observing how frequently expressions are heard in the mouth of the French, the figurative sense of which would not be understood by a stranger who hears them for the first time. How, for example, would he know that ^ Vous etes orfevre, Mr, Josse/ means ^You do not speak disinterestedly,^ — that ^a la guerre comme a la guerre,^ is equivalent to ^let us be pleased any how/ in the mouth of people who accommodate themselves with good humour to circumstances! Would he understand, that ' Elle a ete a la fontaine de Jouvence/ signifies 'She is looking younger again,' — that 'jetez- vous votre langue aux chiens/ means ' Carit you guess? do you give it up?' When he hears said of some one, that he is 'tire a quatre epingles,' would he be able to guess that it means 'neatly dressed?' If any one remarks to him that there are PREFACE. Vll 'fagots et fagots, would lie know that it was equivalent to 'all men or things are not alike "^^ Again — Agnes, the heroine of one of Moliere's best comedies, is a model of simplicity: — thence the expression, ^ Elk fait T Agnes/ in speaking of a girl who affects a simplicity which is not natural to her. But how would an Englishman, without explanation, see in the proper name of Agnes, thus applied, the synonyme of ' simpleton ?' To this class of phrases, which belong especially to our own idiom, may be added the familiar proverbs in the two languages. Although they do not speak more commonly in France than in England, like Sancho-Panza, in proverbs, still a great number of them slip into familiar conversa- tion, and consequently it is not without advantage to assign these a place in a collection of idioms. There is another class of idioms — the most im- portant, not only because of its being by far the largest, but likewise that it comprehends all those expressions peculiar to French phraseology, that Cannot be placed among either of the preceding classes. In the following exercises, the idiomatical part of each sentence is given with the verb in the infinitive only (except where a peculiar expression is used), the student himself applying the proper Vlll PREFACE. person^ tense, and mood, as the case may require. Thus : to assist him in rendering into French, ^I have more than once tried his friendship,' he will find : ^ Mettre Vamitie de quelqu'un a Vepreuve.' Here the practical part will at once be seen; thus, Mettre Vamitie de quelqu'un a Vepreuve, must, viva-voce first, and in the exercise, when afterwards correctly written out, be changed into tTai mis plus d'une fois son amitie a Vepreuve, This may be carried still further : in the viva-voce exercise, the teacher would do well to alter in various ways the person, tense, and mood of the English sentence; the student having only, in re- construing it each time^ to attend to alterations thus made. The compiler takes this opportunity to acknow- ledge, that among many valuable books out of which the present selection has been made, Duver- ger's and Dufief ^s Idioms^ and the latter^s excel- lent Z^ic^zo/zary, have been most largely consulted. King's College, London. PEACTIOAL EXEEOISES ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. EXEECISE I. Let US resume our discourse.* He went back much, disappointed. My picture was finished at four sittings. He was crying like a child that has lost Ids rattle. One must suit one's self to the times. 6 We want one more glass. 7 I shall be short with them. 8 I was within musket- shot. 9 I advise you not to rail at him. 10 I am overcome with sleep. 1 1 When he came, he was very destitute. 12 He treated him with the greatest contempt. /l3 Let the worst come to the worst, he would still have a hundred a-year. 1 Eevenir a ses moutons. 2 — un pied de nez. 3 — en quatre seances. 4 Crier comme nn avengle qui a perdu son baton. 5 A la guerre comme a la guerre. 6 II nous manque encore un verre. 7 Trancher court avec quel- qu'uji. 8 Etre a portee de mousquet. 9 Marcher sur le pied a quel- qu'un. 10 Le sommeil m'accable. 11 Avoir les dents longues. 12 Traiter quelqu'un du liaut en bas. 13 Au pis aller, .... * This expression is taken from an old comedy, called V Avocat Patelin, in which a clothier glvingf his evidence against a shepherd who had stolen his sheep, repeatedly interrupts himself to talk about some cloth which the defendant's lawyer had likewise swindled him of. The judge, who cannot understand such galimatias, repeatedly recalls him to his skeejp. Hence the proverhial expression. PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise II. 1 What a simpleton you are to believe them. 2 He had sworn them to secrecy. 3 His memoirs are very much sought after. 4 If you have a mind, we will call upon him. 6 It is by no means a matter of consequence. 6 He makes use of my name, yet he is quite a stranger to me. 7 That is an elegant undress. 8 He pays us frequent visits. 9 When I have a house of my own, come and see me. 10 If you like it, you are very welcome to it. 1 1 As for myself, I hope I shall not meet with a rebuff. 12 It is no business of mine ; he must return them. 13^1 am not come here to trifle away my time. 14 He plagues them from morning to night. 1 Que Yous etes bon de . . . . 2 Faire jurer le secret a quel- qu'un. 3 On s'arraclie ses memoires. 4 Si le coeur vous en dit, .... 5 Cela n'y fait ni chaud ni froid. 6 Se reclamer de quelqu'un — ne connaitre quelqu'un ni d'Eve ni d'Adam. 7 — un deshabille galant. 8 Faire des visites assidues. 9 Avoir un chez-soi. 10 S'il vous fait plaisir, il est a votre service. 11 N'en avoir pas le dementi. 12 N'entrer point la-dedans. 13 — pour enfiler des perles. 14 Faire enrager quelqu'un. ON FREIs^CH PHBASEOLOGY. 3 EXEECISE III. 1 I shall go, though I am chid for it. 2 I flatter myself that they will do it for my sake, 3 Come, we must return to our work. 4 What will all this come to ? 5 Now, I must pay you; what does all this come to ? 6 Have you any commands for me ? 7 I had lost all command over my horse. 8 Pray, when you write, commend me to him. 9 Do like us, keep good company. 10 My father requests the favour of your company to dinner. 1 1 What will compensate them for the loss of their t^e ? 12 That is beyond my comprehension. 13 1 fear I shall laugh ; I cannot keep my countenance when I hear him. 14 I know no longer which way to tiu?n myself. 1 — quitte pour etre gronde. 2 Aimer a croire — Pour ramour de . . . . 3 Reprendre le collier de misere. 4 Comment cela finira-t-il ? 5 A combien revient le tout ? 6 Avoir des ordres a donner a quelqu'un. 7 N'etre plus maitre de . . . 8 Kappeler quelqu'un au sou- venir de . . . . 9 Frequenter bonne com- pagnie. 10 Prier de faire a quelqu'un Tamitie de . . . . 11 Dedommager de . . . . 12 Cela me passe. 13 G-arder son serieux. 14 Ne phis savoir sur quel pied danser. 2 PRACTICAL EXERCISES. Exercise IV. 1 You see that I came off cheaply. 2 It is only a hasty sketch. 3 Let me manage matters ; should he return to the charge, he will see fine sport. 4 He and I are friends of old standing. 5 There is the king ; hats off. 6 My horse has a very easy pace. 7 Excuse my glove. 8 That man is nothing but talk. 9 I will have no kind of business with those people. 10 He gives me sometimes a sharp answer. Ill don't know upon which of these to pitch. 12 His sister is tolerably handsome. 13 In order to be satisfied about it, I wrote to them- 14 1 am no judge of wine. 15 Be sure not to handle it. 16 He will be the support of your old age. 1 En etre quitte a Lon marche. 2 Une ebauche faite a la hate. 3 Laisser faire quelqu'un — y revenir — voir beau jeu. 4 Etre amis de vieille date. 5 A bas les chapeaux. 6 — r allure fort douce. 7 L'amitie passe le gant. 8 N' avoir que du babil. 9 — a demeler avec . . . 10 — un coup de dent. 11 — au quel m'arreter. 12 Etre assez bien. 13 Afin d'en avoir le coeur net. 14 Ne pas se connaitre en vins. 15 Ne pas s'aviser d'y toucher. 16 Etre un jour le baton de vieHlesse de quelqu'un. ON FBENCH PHRASEOLOGY. ExEPvCISE V. 1 Do what is most wanted. 2 He is not sparing of his compliments to people. 3 She has already a will of her own. 4 He will not abate an inch. 5 You do not understand me at all. 6 While these things were doing, I received your letter. 7 We are not fond of disturbances. 8 He treated them very rudely. 9 She is just in her teens. 10 He takes advantage of your good nature. 11 ProvisiolLS were extravagantly dear. 12 The body lay in state. 13 1 will not say either good or evil of him. 14 He shall know me. 15 The thing is to know whether he is returned. 16 1 was going to make a fine piece of work, if you had not come to prevent me. 1 — ce qui presse le plus. 2 N'etre pas cliiclie de faire des compliments aux gens. 3 Avoir des ^olontes. 4 En demordre. 5 N'entrer pas dans la pensee de quelqu un. 6 Sur ces entrefaites .... 7 N' aimer pas les eclats. 8 Manquer bien grossierement a quelqu'un. 9 Entrer dan& sa treizieme annee. 10 Abuser de la bonte de quelqu' un. 11 Les denrees etaient bors de prix. 12 Etre expose sur un lit de parade. 13 Ne parler de quelqu' un ni en bien, ni en mal. 14: Je lui apprendrai qui je suis. 15 II s'agit de savoir si . . . 16 Faire de belle besogne . . . Eetenir quelqu' un . . . PEACTICAL EXEECISES EXEBCISE VI. 1 There I shall have them. 2 He is still in the king's favour. 3 He did all he could to put me on the wrong scent. 4 Do not be silly ; accept what is offered to you. 5 They laid everything waste with fire and sword. 6 They made more fuss about it than it deserved. 7 I am willing enough. 8 She is frightened out of her wits. 9 He lives there in clover. 1 They seem to interest themselves in your behalf. 11 He is always as neat as hands can make him. 12 1 shall have him thrashed soundly. 13 "Why does he wear his arm in a sling? 14 I put up with everything. / 15 He is bitter against me. / 16 My heart is still big with sorrow concerning it. 17 1 was obliged to retrace my steps. ^ 1 C'est la que je les attends. 2 Etre toujours bien aupres de quelqu'un. 3 Donner le change a quel- qu'un. 4 Ne pas faire la bete. 5 Mettre tout a feu et a sang. 6 II n'y avait pas de quoi fouetter un cbat. 7 Ne demander pas mieux. 8 Perdre absolument la tete. 9 Etre comme le poisson dans I'eau. 10 Entrer dans les interets de quelqu'un. 11 Etre toujours tire a quatre epingles. 12 Faire etrilier quelqu'un de la bonne msniere. 13 Porter le bra? en ecbarpe. 14 S'accommoder de tout. 15 Etre acbarne contre quel- qu'un. 16 En avoir eicore le cocur gros. 17 Revenir sur ses pas. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. gave Exercise YII. 1 He thinks notliing of doing that. 2 They could eat as much as they liked ; I them a plentiful entertainment. 3 He has put every one of his children out to some trade. The eldest is apprenticed to a hat- maker ; and he has just bound the youngest to a bookseller. i All that is idle talk. 5 I did not lose by the bargain, for it is better than mine. 6 He looks silly. 7 I said it bluntly. 8 1 think we are losing our way. 9 Eow soon will you come and see me ? 10 One with another, they are worth a pound. 1 1 Have you hit it ? No ; I am far from the mark. 12 It would not become him to concern himself in tiat business. 13 Eve:y man for his money, and you have no fault to find. 14 The little she had, her son spent. 1 Faire une chose avec la plus grande hcilite. 2 Etre a mene Trailer a bouche qie veux-tu ? 3 Faire appreidre un metier — Etre en apprentissage — Mettre en ipprentissage. 4 Autant en eq^porte le vent. 5 Ne rien perire au change. 6 Avoir I'air b^te. 7 De but (or ktber, de hutte) en blanc. 8 S'egarer. 9 Dans combien de temps . . . 10 L'un portant 1' autre . . . 11 Y etre — En etre a cent Heues. 12 Entrer pour quelque chose dans une affaire. 13 — pour son ecot — N' avoir rien a redire. 14 — son fils I'a mange. PEACTICAI* EXEKCISES EXEECISE VIII. 1 You go a snaiFs pace. 2 At last, we have concluded the bargain. 3 Do not forget to pay the postage of that letter. 4 He is not much the better for it. 5 "We don't make a stranger of you. 6 Let us hear this story out. 7 He was leaning upon the table. 8 You do not keep time. 9 I think I can do it ; it is not a very difficult thir 10 She is as good as he. 1 1 Here is another piece of news. 12 Short reckonings make long friends. 1 3 Your son will have his board and washing. 14 I found the door shut. 15 He is sincere. 1 6 We went a round-about way ; that is the c^se of our being late. 1 7 Not knowing at all what to do, he set /ip as a teacher of languages. 18 He speaks broken French. 1 Marcher a pas de tortue. 2 Faire affaire. 3 Affranclur tine lettre. 4 — pas beaucoup plus gras. 5 Ne pas traiter quelqu'un en etranger. 6 Ecouter jusqu'au bout. 7 Avoir les coudes appuyes sur la table. 8 Ne pas jouer en mesure. 9 Ce n'est pas la mer a boire. 10 — autant que lui. 11 Yoici bien une /autre chan- son. / 12 Les bons cornVtes font les bons amis. / 13 Etre nourri et/blanchi. 14 Trouver visa^ de bois. 15 Y aller de bovine foi. 16 Prendre un detour — Etre en retard. 17 Ne sacbant oil donner de la tete, il se fit . . . . 18 Ecorcber le frauQais. OJS FEENCH PHRASEOLOGY. EXEECISE IX. 1 They have taken it all within a trifle. 2 He takes great liberties. 3 I remember, and as a proof of it, they told me you were there at the time. 4 I delivered your letter in person. 5 Let him sleep himself sober. 6 Has she, at last, recovered her spirits ? 7 He is able to go now without anybody's help. 8 He expects a share of the booty. 9 What a bright sunshine ! 10 He seized the opportunity. Ill am always laying out money. 12 What would you advise me to do ? I am for send- ing him back to his friends. 13 This young man swears shockingly. 14 Am I in your way? 15 His servant tells gross falsehoods. 1 6 Have you a liking to it now ? 1 7 You will do very well to break off there. 18 1 underwent a severe trial. 1 — a peu de chose pres. 2 S'emanciper. 3 — a telles enseignes que . . . 4 Remettre une lettre en main propre. 5 Cuver son vin. 6 Reprendre sa gaite. 7 Yoler de ses propres ailes. 8 S'attendre a avoir part au gateau. 9 Quel beau soleil ! 10 Prendre la balle au bond. 11 Avoir toujours 1' argent a la main. 12 Etre d'avis de . . . . 13 — comme un charretier embourbe. 14 Gener quelqu'un. 15 Mentir comme un arracbeur de dents. 16 Le coeur vous en dit-il a present ? 17 En demeurer la. 18 Subir une rude epreuve. 10 PBACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise X. 1 I am weary of maintaining that idle man. 2 They say he is worth ten thousand pounds. 3 I had already run through half the history when you came in. 4 That child always cries before he is hurt. 5 They attacked me on my weak side. 6 How far had I got ? 7 He has only to give the finishing stroke to his work. 8 They have squandered away their fortune. 9 The whole town was in a commotion. 10 Certainly, I knew better than to send it back. 11 This harshness is not to be supported. 12 Are you quite in earnest when you say that ? 13 1 saw him once at our fencing academy. 14 He carried it unanimously. 15 "What can I say? I am thunderstruck. 16 1 don't agree with you. 17 You always put the cart before the horse. 1 — avoir sur les bras .... 2 Etre riche de . . . . 3 En etredeja a . . . . 4 — avant qu'on I'ecorclie. 5 Prendre quelqu'un par son endroit sensible. 6 Oti en etais-je ? 7 Mettre la derniere main a . . 8 Dissiper gon bien. 9 — en rair. 10 Certes, je n'avais de 11 Etre d'une durete insnp" portable. 12 Est-ce tout de bon que .... 13 — salle d'armes. 14 L'emporter tout d'une voix. 15 Que voulez-vous que .... Les bras m'en tombent. 16 Ne pas etre de I'avis de quelqu'un. 17 Mettre la cbarrue devant les boeufs. oisr ruENCH pheaseology. 11 EXEECISE XI. 1 I threatened Mm to provide myself somewhere else, and he told me I was very welcome to do so. 2 He asks for his money with might and main. 3 It is a wretched thing. 4 She sings most wretchedly. 5 You were wrong to enter on so delicate a matter. 6 Did you not perceive that he was flattering you grossly ? 7 I am quite spent : I split my sides with laughter. 8 He pretends to great skill in everything. 9 I see plainly he pretends not to hear me. 10 Nothing is the matter with him; only he has whims now and then. 11 Tit for tat. 12 When you shall think fit. 13 It is an ill wind that blows nobody good. 14 He is very melancholy this evening. 15 There is no difference. 16 To what purpose ? 17 I have changed for the worse. 18 He told us a lame story. 1 — se foumir ailleurs — mettre a quelqu'un le marche a la main. 2 — a cor et a cri. 3 Cela fait pitie. 4 Chanter a faire pitie. 6 Entamer une matiere cha- touilleuse. 6 Donner de I'encensoir par le nez a quelqu'un. 7 K'en pouvoir plus : — Etonf- fer de rire. 8 Faire I'entendu en tout. 9 Faire semblant de . . . . 10 Avoir des lunes. 1 1 A bon chat, bon rat. 12 Quand bon yous semblera. 13 A quelque chose malheur est bon. 14 — triste comme un bonnet de nuit. 15 C'est bonnet blanc et blanc bonnet. 16 A quoi bon? 17 Changer son cheval borgne contre un aveugle. 18 — un conte borgne. 12 PEACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XII. 1 His breath smells very strong of tobacco. 2 He speaks, right or wrong. 3 One more debt paid. 4 He is mad with, passion : I have a great deal to suffer from his temper. 5 It is the utmost. 6 He says it on every occasion. 7 I know Mrs. Gr ; she is a most excellent woman. 8 You may, without fear, let him go his own way. 9 He moves no more than a post. 10 I set all my people to work to discover what ac- quaintances he had. Ill will humble his pride. 12 He gave full scope to his mind. 13 He is getting confused. 14 Waiter, bring the bill. 15 That is a little too free. 16 That girl looks too bold. 17 John, a knife and fork for the gentleman. 1 Puer le tabac a pleine bouclie. 2 II dit tout ce qui lui vient par la bouche. 3 Encore un trou de boucbe. 4 Bouillir de colere — Bour- rasque. 5 — tout le bout du monde. 6 — a tout bout de cbamp. 7 — une bien brave femme. 8 Laisser la bride sur le cou a quelqu'un. 9 Ne se remuer non plus qu'- ime bucbe. 10 Mettre ses gens en cam- pagne pour deterrer les . . 1 1 Rabaisser le caquet de quel- qu'un. 12 Donner carrier e a son esprit. 13 Perdre la carte. 14 — la carte pay ante. 15 — un peu cavalier. 16 Avoir I'air trop cavalier. 17 — mettez un convert pour monsieur. ON FBENCH PHUASEOLOGY. 13 Exercise XIII. 1 I do not choose to do that ; I have my reasons for it. 2 I speak upon good grounds. 3 See now what you get by disobedience. 4 Miss A rides well. 5 He is equal to any one. 6 A good name is above wealth. 7 He is a blundering fellow. 8 Trade is very dull now. 9 He took you for his text. 10 No more of that. 1 1 Every man has his hobby. 12 Let us try again. 13 When sorrow is asleep, wake it not. 14 We shall see what mettle he is made of. 1 5 He shall have none of it. 16 Put on your shoes and stockings. 17 He gets on in the world. 18 He always finds rubs in his way. 1 Ne pas Youloir faire une cliose ; et pour cause. 2 — avec connaissance de cause. 3 Yoila ce que c'est que d' avoir desobei. 4 Etre bonne cavaliere. 5 Ne le ceder a personne. 6 Bonne renommee vaut mieux que ceinture doree. 7 — une tete sans cervelle. 8 — va bien peu. 9 Se mettre sur le chapitre de quelqu'un. 10 En Yoila assez sur ce cba- pitre. 1 1 — a sa marotte ; or, son dada. 12 Eetoumer a la charge. 13 !N'eveillez pas le chat qui dort. 14 — de quel bois il se chauffe. 15 Ce n'est pas pour lui que le four chauffe. IS Se chausser. 17 Faire son chemin. 18 Trouver des pierres en son chemin. 14 PEACTICAL EXEECISES EXEECISE XIV. 1 That teases him. 2 I am troubled with a cold. 3 He cringes now. 4 Love me, love my dog. 5 Her features are not regular. 6 He has retired to his country seat. 7 I set the bird at liberty. 8 He knows nothing of the world. 9 Come, shew yourself a man. 10 I must disclose my sentiments to you. 1 1 He is born to a good fortune. 12 He loves his business. 13 1 see I shall go without my dinner. 14 A police officer apprehended him. 15 How long has he been married. 16 1 purpose staying there a fortnight. 17 I am at the height of joy. CMcaner. JT'ai iin rhume qui me cLi- cane. Faire le cMen couchant. Qui aime Bertrand aime son chien. Avoir une figure chiffonnee. Aller planter des choux. Donner la clef des champs 8 N' avoir jamais perdu de vue le clocher de son village. 9 Montrer qu'on a du coeur. 10 Ouvrir son coeur a quel- qu'un. 11 Etre ne coiffe. 12 Avoir le coeur au metier. 1 3 Diner par coeur. 14 Mettre la main sur le collet a quelqu'un. 15 Combien y a-t-il que . . . 16 Compter rester . . . 17 — au comble de . . . ON FEEN'CH PHEASEOLOGT. 15 EXEECISE XV. 1 The measure is full. 2 Come to-niglit, we shall have a small party of friends. 3 I am inclined to believe it is a feigned sickness ; he often shams sickness. 4 How impertinently he retorts upon you ! 5 He has a keen appetite. 6 We found him an agreeable companion. 7 I have nothing to do with him. 8 We will buy them jointly. 9 You have an even eye. 10 I cannot make it out. 11 Add, ^an full of aU demands.'' 12 If my servant does it again, I will discharge him. 13 After all, where is it? 14 He does not charge too much for that. 15 We shall begin from next week. 16 He does everything out of his own head. 17 I object to it, because it would establish a precedent. 1 — ail comble. 2 Eire en petit comite. 3 — maladie de commaiide — Faire le malade. 4 Comme il yous repond ! 5 Manger comme quatre. 6 — d'un commerce agreable. 7 — rien de commun avec lui. 8 — a frais commiins. 9 — le compas dans I'oeil. 10 jiS''y comprendre rien. 11 — ''pour solde de compte." 1 2 Donner son compte a . . . 13 Au bont du compte . . . 14 Ne pas compter trop pour . . . 15 — a compter de . . . 16 Ne prendi'e conseil que de sa tete. 1 7 S'opposer a quelque chose . . . — Tirer a consequence. 16 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XVI. 1 Everything is against him. 2 He is a great story-teller. 3 What a story ! 4 I had as soon read idle stories as such trash. 5 No one would be bail for him. 6 I have done it through compulsion. 7 Your cousin misconstrues everything. 8 I eat every morning a couple of eggs in the shell. 9 They went each about their business. 10 As you have brewed, so you must drink. 1 1 This coat is out at the elbows. 12 He is forced to put up with many things un- pleasant to his feelings. 13 Do not you feel the wind through those chinks ? 14 He is striving to supplant your friend; 15 The first step is the only difficulty. 1 6 One act does not make a habit. 1 Conspirer centre . . . 2 Feseur de contes. 3 Quel cont^ ! 4 Des contes a dormir debout. o Cautionner quelqu'un. 6 Faire nne chose par con- trainte. 7 Prendre tout a contre-sens. 8 — a la coque. 9 S'en aller chacun de son cote. 10 Comme on fait son lit, on se couche. 11 — a les coudes perces. 12 Avaler des couleuvres. 13 — vent coulis. 14 Courir sur les brises de quelqu'un. 15 II n'y a que le premier pas qui coute. 16. Une fois n'est pas coutume. ON FEENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 17 Exercise XVII. 1 A burnt cMld dreads the fire. 2 Make haste, you are ardently expected.' 3 Somebody tripped up his heels. 4 111 weeds grow apace. 5 She grows handsomer every day. 6 That is not of his own invention. 7 That country abounds with game. 8 The least said is the soonest mended. 9 Come and see the children tumble on the turf, 10 I outwitted him. 11 Do not jog so. .12 I have a prior title. 13 Will you have any more. 14 They left all at sixes and sevens. 15 At last he is gone : it is a great riddance. 16 That actor has a good delivery. 17 I only ask for what I have laid out. 18 Button your waistcoat and coat: you are very untidy. 1 Chat echaude craint I'eau froide. 2 — on n'a qu'iin cri apres YOUS. 3 Donner le croc en jambe a quelqn'un. 4 Mauvaise herbe croit tou- jours. 5 Ne faire que croitre et em- beUir. 6 — de son crn. 7 — est plein de gibier. 8 Trop gratter cuit, trop parler nuit. 9 ■ — faire la culbute. 10 Darner le pion a quelqu'un; or, etre plus fin que quel- qu'un. 11 Se dandiner. 12 Etre le premier en date. 13 — davantage. 14 a la debandade. 15 — c'est un grand debarras. 16 — un beau debit. 17 Ne demander que ses de- bourses. 18 tout debraille. 18 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XVIII. 1 I have just attended tlie funeral of the late Doctor N- Now I do not know my way. All is not lost that is delayed. It is coming one day after the fair. She looks lady-like. 6 He is subject to absence of mind. 7 The least thing takes off his attention. 8 No sooner said than done. 9 He made his words good. 10 These gentlemen are making fun of you. 1 1 He was near death. 1 2 They love their home. 13 1 will have nobody know what passes in my family. 14 That man has the misfortune to be hated by everybody. 15 The maid is cleaning your room. 1 6 Fortune favours him when he thinks least of it. 17 Smooth water runs deep. 1 Eendre les derniers devoirs a feu le . . . 2 Etre desoriente. 3 Ce qui est differe n'est pas perdu. 4 C'est de la moutarde apres diner. 5 Avoir I'air distingue. 6 — distractions. 7 Distraire. 8 Aussitot dit, aussitot fait. 9 Ce qui fut dit fut fait. 10 Se divertir aux depens de quelqu'un. 11 Etre a deux doigts de la mort. 1 2 Aimer son domestique. 13 Ne pas vouloir qu'on sache ce qui se fait dans son domestique. 14 Avoir le don de se faire hair de . . . 15 Faire une chambre. 16 Les biens lui viennent en dormant. 17 II n'y a pire eau que celle qui dort. ON FBENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 19 Exercise XIX. 1 It is amusing to see him assume consequential airs. 2 I manage tliat affair prudently. 3 Children must be used gently. 4 I did it inconsiderately : I really thought so. 5 The wind is in the rainy quarter. 6 Has he, at last, subdued his passion ? 7 It brings grist to the mill. 8 I took him aside. 9 He commanded raw soldiers. 10 Nothing better can be done. 11 It is decided that I shall not set out. 12 Draw in your shoulders, 13 He has been drawn into a bad affair. 4 He knows not what to do with himself. 15 Don't mind me. 16 He becomes stout. 17 The matter is not so easy as you imagine. 1 Faire le gros dos ; or, il tranche de 1' important. 2 Aller doucement en besogne. 3 11 faiit mener les enfants par la douceur. 4 — par megarde : je m'en doutais bien. 5 Le terns est a I'eau. 6 Mettre de I'eau dans son vin. 7 Fair venir I'eau au moulin. 8 Prendre quelqu'un a I'ecart. 9 — mal aguerris. 10 Apres cela il faut tirer Techelle. 11 11 est ecrit que . . . 12 Effacer les epaules. 13 On I'a embarque dans . . . 14 Etre embarrasse de sa per- sonne. 15 Ne pas s'embarrasser de quelqu'un. 16 Prendre de 1' embonpoint. 17 Cela ne s'emmancbe pas comme vous pensez. 20 PKACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XX. 1 Wlien do you remove ? 2 Mrs. D is gone out'sliopping. 3 Pray keep your temper. 4 He will pay dear for his rashness. 5 That stuff has both sides alike. 6 He drinks like a fish. 7 I have taken him upon liking. 8 It is my first trial. 9 He is lame of one leg. 10 You murder his name. Ill have lost my money thereby. 12 1 rode post to Dover, but arrived too late. 1 3 He has left a good place for a bad one. 14 That has no precedent. 1 5 My lease is out. 1 6 He is greatly improved of late. 17 All men or things are not alike. 18 In what trim you are ! 19 1 was even ready to beat him. 20 He is taking an afternoon's nap. 1 Demenager. 2 Aller faire des emplettes. 3 Ne pas s'emporter. 4 Payer la foUe enchere de sa temerite. 5 — n'a ni endroit ni en vers. 6 — comme une eponge. 7 — a I'essai. 8 — coup d'essai. 9 Etre estropie a la jambe. 10 Estropier. 11 En etre pour son argent. 12 Courir a franc etrier. 13 Devenir d' Eve que meunier. 14 Cela et sans exemple. 15 Mon bail est expire. 16 II s'est bien faQonne depuis pen. 17 II y a fagots et fagots.* 18 Comme vous voila fagotte. 19 Faillir a battre quelqu'un. 20 Faire la meridienne. * This expression is taken from Le MMecine mdlgri lui, of Molifere; Sganarelle makes nse of it in the midst of his endeavours to establish the superiority of hi^ fagots over others. 01^ FRENCH PHEASEOLOGY. 21 EXEBCISE XXI. 1 They fell upon everything. 2 That man has everything at command. 3 He walks three miles every morning before break- fast. 4 He is a man easily managed. 5 If you can spare that book, lend it me. 6 I need not go thither. 7 If that little boy is froward, bring him to me.' 8 An accident has well nigh balked my expectation. 9 Far from that. 10 It is worth while to see Perlet in that play. 11 He keeps everybody at a distance. 12 It freezes very hard. 13 Make hay while the sun shines. 14 It draws a vast concourse of people. 15 It is trusting to a broken reed. 1 6 He is a chip of the old block. 17 It is a shallow artifice. 18 Light come, light go. 1 Faire main basse sur tout. 2 Faire la pluie et le beau temps. 3 Faire trois milles. 4 — dont on fait ce qu'on veut. 5 Si vous n'avez que faire de. . . 6 Je n'ai que faire de . . . 7 Faire le mutin. 8 Peu s'en fallut que . . . Frustrer I'attente de quelqu'un. 9 Tant s'en faut que cela soit. 10 II faut voir ... 11 Ne se familiariser avec per- sonne. 12 — a pierre fendre. 13 II faut battre le fer pendant qu'il est cbaud. 14 On y court comme au feu. 15 Bien fou qui s'y fie. 16 II est fils de son pere. 17 Une finesse cousue de fil blanc. 18 Ce qui yient de la flute s'en retourne au tambour. 22 PRACTICAIi EXERCISES Exercise XXII. 1 One must look before one leaps. 2 The most difficult part is over. 3 It is as dark as pitch, there. 4 That horse has run his race well. 5 He would like to do what he pleases. 6 I avoid places of resort. 7 He will sing it in the midst of your jollity. 8 Take care : I shall box your ears. 9 It is quite new to me. 10 Send me my money as fast as you receive it, 1 1 "What business had he there ? 1 2 Does he take us for idiots ? 1 3 At present he has no settled home. 14 He does not see in the least. 1 5 He is very stout. 16 1 am tired of dancing attendance. 17 That will bring envy upon you. 18 They are both cast in the same mould. 1 II y faut regarder a deux fois. 2 Le plus fort est fait. 3 II y fait noir comme dans un four. 4 — bien fourni sa carriere. 5 Avoir ses coudees franches. 6 Fuir les lieux frequentes. 7 — entre la poire et le fro- 8 Frotter les oreilles k quel- qu'un. 9 C'est moi du fruit pour nouveau. 10 — au fur et a mesure que . . . 11 Qu'allait-il faire dans cette galere ?* 12 Se moquer des gens. 13 — gite assure. 14 II ne voit goutte. 15 Gras comme un moine. 16 — faire le pied de grue. 17 Cela vous fera des envieux. 18 Qui a fait I'un a fait 1' autre. * In Les Fourberies de Scapin, of Molifere, Scapin, in order to draw money from G^ronte, the father of his master, tells him that the latter is retained prisoner on board a Turkish vessel (galere), where curiosity had induced him to go; and that he must inevitably he carried off to Algiers as a slave, unless the father pays a certain sum for his ransom. To all the rogue says to move the old man, and induce him to eive the money, the father replies: *' Qu'allait-il faire dans cette GaUre? " The repetition appeared so pleasant, that it was soon in everybody's mouth, and became a proverb. ON FEENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 23 EXEECISE XXIII. 1 Opportunity makes a thief. 2 I do my best. 3 We will keep that meat till it gets a taste of venison. 4 I deny the charge. 5 She married a gentleman. 6 That was sufficient to persuade us. 7 If he is not a rogue, he is next a-kin to it. 8 It is a borrowed name. 9 He teases me constantly about it. 10 It is the king's tailor who works for me. 11 Do not judge of things by their outward appear- ance. 12 It is a work that requires much time, 13 He makes us long-winded speeches. 14 Tell me with whom thou goest, and I will tell thee what thou doest. 15 He breaks everything he touches. 16 He has left no stone unturned. 17 They behaved with uncommon civility to me. 1 L' occasion fait le larron. 10 — qui m'liabille. 2 Faire de son mieux. 11 L'habit ne fait pas le moine. 3 Laisser faisander de la viande. 12 — un ouYrage de longue 4 Nier les faits qu'on vous haleine. impute. 13 — des discours a perte d'ha- 5 — homme comme il faut. leine. 6 N'en falloir pas davantage 14 Dis-moi qui tu hantes, et pour . . . je tedirai qui tu es. 7 — il ne s'en faut guere. 15 Avoir la main malheureuse. 8 — nom de guerre. 16 Heurter a toutes les portes. 9 Faire la guerre a quelqu'un 17 Faire mille honnetetes a . . . a ce sujet. quelqu'un. 24 PEACTICAL EXEECISES EXEBCISE XXIV. 1 Do not irritate them still more. 2 Your presence inspires them with fear. 3 Do not believe him ; he tells an untruth. 4 I told him of a good physician. 5 I meant well when I spoke it. 6 You had no business to say it. 7 He is no conjuror. 8 Run as fast as your legs can carry you. 9 One must not play a bear's play. 10 What is bred in the bone can never be got out of the flesh. 1 1 He sticks too close to his work. 12 See how you are ; you always speak ill of him. 13 His father was a plain, blunt fellow. 14 They are aiming at your money. 15 When you are there, he dares not open his mouth. 16 Mrs. D will not see anybody to-day. 17 That's another good one. 1 Ne pas Jeter de I'liuile sur le feu. 2 — leur impose. 3 — il vous en impose. 4 Indiquer un bon medecin. 5 Je le disais a bonne inten- tion. 6 C'etait inutile a dire. 7 II n' a pas invente la poudre. 8 Courir a toutes jambes. 9 Jeu de main, jeu de vilain. 10 Chassez le naturel, il revient au galop.* 1 1 Etre trop assidu au travail. 12 Voila commevous etes; dire du mal de quelqu'un. 13 — un bomme tout rond. 14 En vouloir a 1' argent de quelqu'un. 15 — souffler le mot. 16 N' etre pas visible. 17 En voila bien d'une autre. * A line from Boileau's Art Po^tique. ON FRENCH PHEASEOLOGY. 25 EXEECISE XXV. 1 Can you not guess ? Do you give it up ? 2 The business will not clear the cost. 3 They fought in good earnest. 4 I begged him hard to give it to them. 5 He bears iU usage with too much patience. 6 He owes you a spite. 7 They all teU the same story. 8 He is a back-biter. 9 My time and trouble have been fruitless. 10 This expression is too indecorous. 11 We love those who belong to us. 12 There is no forcing one's will. 13 He has a short memory. 14 One must not have too many irons in the fire. 15 He suffers himself to be led like a child. 1 6 Can you sing at sight ? 17 He has neither honour nor honesty. 18 The business goes heavily on. 1 Jeter sa langue aiix chiens. 2 Le jeu ne vaut pas la cliaii- deUe. 3 Se battre bon jeu, bon argent. 4 Prier quelqu'un a mains jointes de . . . 5 Se laisser tondre la laine sur le dos. 6 Avoir Tine dent de lait contre quelqu'un. 7 Tenir le meme langage. 8 — mauvaise langue. 9 J'y ^i psrdu mon latin. 10 — trop leste. 11 Cbacnn aime les siens. 12 Les volontes sont libres. 13 — une memoire de lievre. 14 li ne faut pas cbasser deux lievres a la fois. 15 Se laisser mener h la lisiere. 16 — a livre ouvert. 17 N' avoir ni foi ni loi. 18 Trainer en longueur. 26 PEACTICAL EXEECISES Exercise XXVI. 1 He remembers things that happened a great while ago. One must follow the fashion. I will have nothing to do with it. He is home-sick. The best is the cheapest. 6 That comes just in time. 7 It is a fault on the right side. 8 He wanted to make a cat's paw of me. 9 No one is admitted into his house who does not fee the porter. 10 They live unhappily together. 1 1 He came to me of his own accord. 12 He wants some one who will govern him im- periously. 13 They were severely reprimanded. 14 She is very cross to-day. 15 This plate is very bright. 1 6 "We must forgive our enemies. 1 Se souvenir de loin.. 2 II faut hurler ayec les loups. 3 Je m'en lave les mains. 4 Avoir la maladie du pays. 5 On n'a jamais bon marclie de mauvaise marchandise. 6 — com me maree en careme. 7 Se plaindre que la mariee est trop beUe. 8 II voulait se servir de la patte du chat pour tirer les mar- rons du feu. 9 On n'entre point chez lui sans graisser le marteau.* 10 Faire mauvais menage. 11 — de lui memo. 12 II lui faut quelqu'un qui le mene a la baguette. 13 On leur a fait une bonne mercuriale. 14 Avoir mis son bonnet de travers. 15 On se mirerait dans . . . 16 A tout pecbe misericorde. * A line from Racine's play of Les Plaideurs» 02^ FEEIs-CH PHEASEOLOGY. 27 EXEBCISE XXYII. 1 Silence gives consent. 2 There is a felloTV^- feeling among them. 3 What whim has got into your head ? 4 He is in a pet. 5 She is as unlike him as possible. 6 How can that possibly be ? 7 There was no furniture in the room. 8 He is in jail. 9 He is as regular as clock-work. 1 I attend Mr. J 's lectures on Political Economy. Ill did it of my own accord. 12 Make an apology to your master. 13 You advertised it for sale in both papers; what advantage will that be to you ? 14 To complete his misfortune, he never attends to his friend's advice. 15 He has married a most accomplished young lady. 16 He is awkward of address. 1 Qui ne dit mot consent. 2 lis se sont donne le mot. 3 Quelle mouche tous a pique ? 4 Prendre la mouche. 5 Eessembler a quelqu'un comme a un moulin a vent. 6 Le moyen que cela soit. 7 II n'y avait que les quatre murailles. 8 Etre entre quatre murailles. 9 Etre regie comme un papier de musique. 10 Suivre un cours. 11 — de mon propre mouye- ment. 12 Faire des excuses a quel- qu'un. 13 Annoncer a vendre — qu'y gagnerez-Yous ? 14 Pour comble de malheur — Ecouter les avis de quel- qu'un. 15 — remplie de talents. 16 Avoir des manieres gau- ches. 28 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XXVIII. 1 I regret I did not meet his advances ; he improves much upon acquaintance. 2 I have turned it to account. 3 He absconded from our house the very day he was to have given in his accounts. 4 I have just given your father an account of your conduct. 5 Make haste, we shall be late. 6 A small matter will put him out of countenance. 7 I must not give more than I am able. 8 Everything inspires him with suspicion. 9 All is not gold that glitters. 10 He carries everything to extremes. Ill will give him like for like. 12 We talked of indifferent things. 13 It is very easy for you to say so. 14 I saw him follow you softly. 1 Repondre aux avances de quelqu'un — gagner a etre cormu. 2 Tirer parti d'une chose. 3 S'enfuir de chez quelqu'un. — rendre son compte/' 4 Eendre compte de la conduite de quelqu'un. 5 Etre en retard. 6 II faut pen de chose pour le deconcerter. 7 Donner plus que nos moyens ne nous permettent. 8 Tout lui fait ombre. 9 Tout ce qui brille n'est pas or. 10 Etre outre en tout. 11 Rendre la pareille a quel- qu'un. 12 Parler de la pluie et du beau temps. 13 Vous en parlez fort a votre aise. 14 Suivre quelqu'un a pas de loup. ON PREN^CH PHRASEOLOGY. 29 iExERCISE XXIX. 1 I don't wisb. for it any longer. 2 I am liere among acquaintances. 3 I have a free access to Hs library. 4 I never liave much money about me at night. 5 I am about to leave town to go on a journey. 6 Such trifles are not worth your acceptance. 7 He told us that he had his pocket picked of his watch near the Exchange. 8 The pickpocket was taken in the very act. 9 I excused myself on account of my age. 10 He bore an excellent character. 1 1 He has practised an imposition upon me ; he will smart for it. 12 She is a well-informed lady. 13 He was a great gossip. 14 1 am not in a good frame of mind to-day. 15 That child grows visibly. 16 1 recollected the knave by his old tricks. 1 La fantaisie m'en est passee. 2 Etre en pays de connais- sance. 3 Entrer librement dans . . . 4 Porter de 1' argent sur soi. 5 AUer en campagne. 6 Ne pas meriter d'etre offert. 7 — qu'on lui vola sa montre . . . 8 Le filou fut pris sur le fait. 9 S'excuser sur son age. 10 Jouir d'une excellente re- putation. 11 En imposer a quelq^u'un ; lI lui en cuira. 12 — fort instruite. 13 Etre la gazette du quartier„ 14 N'etre pas dans son assiette, 15 Croitre a vue d'oeil. 16 J'ai reconnu la le peleria. 30 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XXX. 1 The same fate attend^ him. 2 He has fared poorly for some time back. 3 They want a man of sound principles. 4 I can make nothing of it. 5 A good action never remains unrewarded. 6 He thinks he has made a wonderful discovery. 7 He must be very short of money. 8 Everybody is bitter against him. 9 He has given you the very worst of characters. 10 He is a man of common abilities. 11 We arrived safely home. 12 Such was the noise and confusion, that he could not succeed in obtaining a hearing. 13 1 gave my horse the reins, and was soon out of sight. 14 Do not puzzle your head about that any longer you will never bring it about. 1 Autant lui en pend a Toreille. 2 Faire penitence. ^ 3 — bien pensant. 4 Je m'y perds. 5 Un bienfait n'est jamais perdu. 6 II croit avoir trouve la pie au nid. 7 Gene — oVy bien pres de ses pieces. 8 Jeter la pierre a quelqu'un. 9 Dire pis que pendre de quel- quelqu'un. 10 — un bomme fort ordinaire. 11 Arriver sain et sauf. 12 — parvenir a se faire en- tendre. 13 Lacber la bride a son cbeval. Disparaitre aussitot. 14 Se rompre la tete a quelque cbose ; en venir a bout. ON FBENCH PHBASEOLOGY. 31 EXEBCISE XXXI. 1 They cleared the harbour at night. 2 We run all hazards. 3 He is excessively insolent. 4 You don't yet know the mystery of it. 5 Louis the Eighteenth, 1815, set a reward on Napoleon's head. 6 Sleep, during your stay in town, at the Golden Cross ; people are furnished there with the best accommodations. 7 I will abide, in this case, by the decision of my legal adviser. 8 Lose no time in making your acknowledgments for the many favours he has bestowed upon you. 9 They have brought it into fashion. 10 He pleaded guilty. 1 1 These pictures will never fetch one thousand pounds. 12 1 wonder if they have turned out my horse to grass. 1 3 He is out of favour for having harboured his guilty friend. 1 Sortir du port . . . 2 Eisquer le tout pour le tout. 3 — au dernier degre. 4 Savoir le dessous des cartes. 5 Mettre la tete de quelqu'un a prix. 6 Couclier a . . . On y procure aux gens toutes les com- modites possibles. 7 Se soumettre a la decision de son homme de loi. 8 — temoigner yotre recon- naissance pour les bien- faits dont il yous a com- ble. 9 Mettre quelque cbose a la 10 S'aYOuer coupable. 11 — ne rapporteront . . . 12 Je Youdrais bien saYoir si — Mettre un cbeval au vert. 13 Disgracie — Donner retraite a quelqu'un. 32 PEACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XXXII. 1 We lay all night in the open air. 2 That work has no other fault but its length. 3 What is he to do ? he has not wherewith to live upon. 4 I need not tell you that. 5 He was as welcome as a dog at a wedding. 6 He is very serious on such matters. 7 Hold your tongue, and don't stand arguing with me. 8 I refer the thing to anybody. 9 They are well met. 10 It is a worn-out story. 11 Do not brush that cloth against the nap. 12 I leave my house under your care. 13 I do not go by that rule. 14 The theatre wiU be closed this day week. 15 It is fair weather again. 16 This coat does not fit you well ; it is too tight. 1 Coucher a la belle etoile. 2 Ne pecher que par sa lon- gueur. 3 Que voulez-YOus qu'il fasse ? N' avoir pas de quoi vivre. 4 Je n'ai que faire de vous dire cela. 6 Etre re^u comme un chien dans un jeu de quilles. 6 II n'entend point raillerie la 7 Se taire — Ne pas faire le raisonneur — 8 S'en rapporter a qui que ce soil. 9 A bon chat, bon rat. 10 — un conte rebattu. 11 — a rebours. 12 Eecommander sa maison a quelqu'un. 13 Ne pas se regler sur . . . 14 II y aura relacbe au the- atre . . . 15 Le temps s'est remis au beau. 16 Ne pas aller bien — Etre trop juste — ON PRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 33 Exercise XXXIII. 1 Those soldiers have undergone all kinds of hard- ships ; yet they stood their ground well. 2 You should not think that hard upon you, 3 My health has improved since I have been in the country. 4 Can I do you any good ? 5 I told you it would come to no good. 6 Speak out ; they are not within hearing. 7 You would ask him for it in vain; on that subject he will not hear. 8 Avoid hurting his feelings. 9 The fire- works will be let off at nine o'clock. 10 He was standing like a statue. 1 1 He is deep in debt. 12 1 yield to your arguments. 1 3 He is sorry for having treated you disrespectfully. 14 She reproved him gently. 15 That nobleman makes a good figure. 16 1 shall upbraid him for it. 1 Essuyer toutes sortes de fa- 8 Blesser la sensibilite de tigues; — Combattre de pied quelqu'un. ferme. 9 Tirer un feu d' artifice. 2 Eegarder cela comme quelque 10 Ne remuer ni pied ni patte. chose de tres facheux. 11 Etre charge de dettes. 3 Se porter mieux. 12 Se rendre aux raisons de 4 Etre de quelque utilite a quelqu'un. quelqu'un. 13 Se repentir d' avoir manque 5 Tourner mal. a quelqu'un. 6 Parler haut ... a portee 14 Eeprendre quelqu'un ayec d' entendre. bonte. 7 Faire le sourd. 15 Eepresenter bien. 16 Je lui en ferai des reproches. 34 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XXXIV. 1 Birds of a feather flock together. 2 What hinders you ? 3 All my time is taken up. 4 I will give you five guineas to boot. 5 How many will fall to my share ? 6 He has left off his old pranks. 7 I cannot recollect his name at present. 8 Do you suppose she would think fit to gratify your curiosity ? 9 If you had given him a hint about it, he would have been upon his guard. 10 They fared Uke kings at his house. 11 It was very painful to us to leave them to their fate. 12 How will he get out of that scrape ? 13 His life is at stake. 14 It is all over with him. 15 They have left off business. 16 He has epileptic fits. 1 Qui se ressemble s' assemble. 2 Qu'est-ce qui vous retient ? 3 Toutes mes heures sont re- tenues. 4 — de retour. 5 Combien m'en reyiendra- t-il? 6 E^verdr de ses folies. 7 Son nom ne me revient pas. 8 Juger a propos de flatter la curiosite de quelqu'un. 9 En donner avis . . . Se tenir sur ses gardes. 10 Faire une chere de Eoi. 11 II nous en a coute beaucoup de les abandonner a leur sort. 12 Se tirer d' affaire. ' 13 II y ya de sa vie. 14 C'en est fait de lui. 15 Ne faire plus rien. 16 Tomber du baut mal. Oi^ rEENCH PHEASEOLOGY. 35 EXEECISE XXXV. 1 I liave dropped some hints on the subject. 2 Do not let that make you uneasy. 3 Fortune has deserted him. 4 Follow the example of your ancestors. 5 He goes at a great rate. 6 He is in a speaking humour. 7 Every one had a fling at me. 8 This is not done like a friend. 9 He is a peremptory man. 1 The book I gave him is gilt. Ill bartered my horse for his mare. 12 1 hope I don't intrude. 13 He is a great bore. 14 He caned him to death. 15 He used him like a negro. 16 He has endured many hardships. 17 1 wish they would take it off our hands. 1 En touclier quelques mots. 2 Que cela ne yous tourmente point. 3 — lui a tourne le dos. 4 Snivre les traces de . . . 5 Aller grand train. 6 Le Yoila en train de parler. 7 Chaciin me lane a son trait. 8 Ce n'est pas la nn trait d'ami. 9 — qui tranche sur tout. 10 — dor 6 sur tranche. 11 Donner en troc , . . 12 J'espere que je ne suis pas de trop ? 13 C'est unhomme assommant. 14 Tuer a coups de baton. 15 Tr alter de Turc a Maure. 16 Manger de la vache en- ragee — 17 En debarrasser quelqu'un. 36 PBACTICAL EXEECISES EXEECISE XXXVI. 1 He is over officious. 2 Like master, like man, 3 You do nothing right. 4 Forewarned, forearmed. 5 You must not be guilty of the same fault again. 6 She must have a tooth drawn. 7 Help him to pile them up in a heap. 8 Your cousin must be very hard of hearing. 9 I consent to it, provided you go hand in hand with me. 10 He denies it, though he said it within my hearing. 1 1 She is very happy in her children, 12 I go upon sure ground. 13 A cottage in possession, is better than a kingdom in reversion. 14 He is cured of the follies of the world. 15 He is a poor useless creature. 16 He had his labour for his pains. 1 Faire le bon valet. 2 Tel maitre, tel valet. 3 Ne faire rien qui vaille. 4 Un averti en vaut deux. 5 Eetomber dans . . . 6 Se faire arracher une dent. 7 Mettre en tas. 8 Avoir Toreille dure. 9 Etre de moitie avec quel- Gu'un, 10 — quoique je le lui aie en- tendu dire. 11 Ses enfants font tout son bonheur. 12 Etre sur de son fait. 13 Un tiens vaut mieux que deux tu r auras.* 14 Etre revenu des vanites de ce monde. 15 II ne fait plus que vegeter. 16 S'enallercommeonestvenu. * A line from one of La Fontaine's Fables. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 37 Exercise XXXVII. 1 All that is idle talk. 2 It is just the same ; there is no manner of differ- ence between them. 3 Whoever does the damage must pay for it. 4 We were overturned twice during the journey. 5 He is offended with you. 6 You have not been thankful for his kindness. 7 He was very near being fined. 8 They never lose sight of him, for fear he should lay violent hands on himself. 9 He will take it in hand, if you find him in money until it is done. 10 It would put you to some expense to no purpose. 1 1 Here is the rough copy ; write it out fair. 12 He attends divine worship regularly. 13 Do they sell by retail as well as by wholesale ? 14 He broke his engagement. 1 Autant en emporte le vent. 2 C est jus vert on verjus. 3 Qui casse les verres, les paie. 4 Avoir verse . . . 5 Etre faclie contre quelqu'nn. 6 Ne pas reconnaitre Tin bien- fait. 7 Pen s'en fallnt que . . . Etre condanme a une amende. 8 On le garde a vne . . . Se donner la mort. 9 Entreprendre. — Fournir qnelqu'nn d' argent. 10 Faire faire de la depense en pure perte. 1 1 Brouillon. — Mettre an net. 12 Assister au service divin. 13 — en detail — en gros. 14 Manquer a un rendez-vous. 38 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XXXVIII. 1 I do not bear you ill-will ; let us shake hands. 2 He had been trained to the use of arms. 3 The footman asked me my name before he showed me upstairs. 4 He must have made great haste to have overtaken you. 5 They wish you would stand godfather to their child. 6 He gave them the slip, though they kept a good watch. 7 I assure you I meant no harm. 8 We plied our oars briskly. 9 The poor fellow is driven to extremities, 10 We are going to have a subscription ball. Ill shall get the better of that child, obstinate as he is. 12 1 may say truly that I have raised my own fortune. 1 3 Have done ; you trespass on my kindness. 1 N'en pas vouloir a qiiel- qu'un. 2 Etre exerce a manier les armes. 3 Faire monter. 4 Aller un train de poste — At- teindre quelqu'un. 5 Tenir sur les fonts . . . or, etre parrain de . . . 6 Echapper a quelqu'un sans etre aper^n. — Faire bonne garde. 7 N'y entendre pas malice. 8 Faire force de rames. 9 — reduit aux abois. 10 Bal d'abonnes. 11 Venir a bout de . . . 12 Etre T artisan de sa propre fortune. 13 Abuser de la bonte de quelqu'un. ON FEEJs^CH PHEASEOLOGY. 39 Exercise XXXIX. 1 Take a drop of wine. 2 That physician makes high charges. 3 What a fine thing science is ! 4 Let us go, happen what may. 5 Do that, and mark the end of it. 6 Truth may sometimes be improbable. 7 He is a good boy, is he not ? 8 He is gone to try his fortune in the East Indies. 9 Let us set a subscription on foot for those unfor- tunate children : they are quite destitute. 1 He promised to atone for his faults. 1 1 Why not work instead of begging ? 12 Does he bear malice to you? 1 3 As the case stands, I will bring him off once more . 14 Let him ride there in a coach, and walk back. 15 Do not contend so long about such trifles. 16 I contrive to pass unperceived. 1 Prendre iin doigt de vin. 2 — fait payer fort cher ses yisites. 3 Yive la science ! 4 Yogue la galere. — pour Yoir. 6 Le vrai pent qnelquefois n'etre pas yraisemblable. * 7 Etre sage. 8 Tenter la fortune. 9 Ouvrir une souscription. — Etre dans le plus grand dennement. 10 Eeparer ses fautes. 11 Demander Tanmone. 12 Garder de la rancune. 13 La chose etant ainsi, je le tirerai d' affaire . . . 14 Aller en voitnre — Eevenir a pied. 15 Disputer sur . . . 16 Faire en sorte de ne pas etre aper^u. * A line from Boileau's Art Po^tique. 40 PEACTICAL EXE^ISES Exercise XL. 1 I acknowledged the receipt of his letter. 2 He takes in the Standard. 3 They abuse one another. 4 Let us go out fishing. 5 Miss G. has a new riding-dress. 6 Give my love to the children. 7 Porter, keep out strangers. 8 It is impertinent to laugh, as you do, on every occasion. 9 Let us direct our steps home. 10 Has he not discharged his duties satisfactorily? 1 1 We have roused him from his lethargy. 12 Your boy is backward in his French. 13 He spoke to me in the kindest manner. 14 If you should want money, I hope you will apply to me. 15. To talk of literature to him, is to talk of colours to a blind man : he is a mere ignoramus. 1 Accuser reception d'une lettre. 2 S'abonner a . . . 3 Se dire des injures. 4 — a la peche. 5 — Amazone. 6 Faire ses amities a . . . 7 Empecher d'entrer. 8 — a tout propos. 9 S'adieminer vers . . . IG S'acqiiitter de son devoir. 11 Tirer quelqu'un de sa le- thargic. 12 N'etre pas avance dans . . 13 Adresser la parole a quel- qu'un . . . 14 S' adresser a quelqu'un. 15 — il ne salt ni A ni B. GN FRENCH PHEASEOLOGY. EXEECISE XLI. 41 1 I addressed him in French. 2 She feels the loss of her beauty too much. 3 His brother-in-law has behaved very ill to me. 4 During dinner, they talked of you. 5 Allow me to save you the trouble of helping me. 6 These people live in comfort, and deny themselves nothing. 7 The English like to have all their comforts about them. 8 He said so, but merely for fashion's sake. 9 He would marry her, if she could but get rid of her connexions. 10 Are you come to pick a quarrel? 1 1 He has often put them to the blush. 12 All his servants are on board-wages. 13 You are always poring over books. 14 He frequently breaks in upon me. 15 He failed for thirty thousand pounds. 1 Adresser la parole a quel- qu'un . . . 2 S'affecter trop de . . . 3 En agir mal envers quel- qu'un. 4 — 11 fut question de vous. 5 Eviter la peine de servir. 6 Vivre dans I'aisance. — Ne se rien refuser. 7 Avoir toutes leurs aises. 8 — par maniere d'acquit. 9 — se defaire de ses alen- tours. 10 Cherclier querelle. 11 Faire rougir quelqu'un. 12 Se nourrir. 13 Eire colle sur des livres. 14 Venir deranger quelqu'un. 15 Faire banqueroute de . . . 42 PEACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XLH. 1 To succeed in your undertaking, you should manage it thus. 2 I had rather not make the first proposal. 3 Will you dress the salad ? 4 This room would suit me, if it were not on the ground-floor. 5 What ! quarrelling again ! Will you never agree ? 6 Upon an average, they cost me five pounds. 7 Hold yourself in readiness to give us a lift in case of need. 8 That is quite another thing. 9 They are very snug in this place. 10 They made your letter a matter of great sport among their friends. 1 1 Let us toss up to decide who shall pay. 12 He is much altered. 13 We can do without that. 14 He is not related to me, I assure you. 1 Parvenir a ses fins. — S'y 8 — une autre paire de prendre ainsi. manches. 2 Faire les premieres avances. 9 Etre commodement dans . . . 3 Assaisonner. 10 Faire des gorges chaudes 4 Accommoder . . . Rez de de. . . chaussee. 11 Jouer a crois ou a pile qui 5 Etre d' accord. payera. 6 L'un portant T autre. 12 Devenir tout autre. 7 Donner un coup de main a 13 N'attendi-e pas apres . . , quelqu'un. 14 11 ne m'est rien, — ON FBENCH PHEASEOLOGY. 43 EXEBCISE XLIII. 1 Charity begins at liome. 2 In our way from cliurcli, we met him. 3 We had enough of dancing at the last ball. 4 He began then to inveigh bitterly against me. 5 Listen attentively to me. 6 He had promised it to me, but he broke his word. 7 I thought there was something at the bottom. 8 He sees a great deal of company. 9 He succeeded in persuading us that his friendship would stand any test. 10 It was the hottest part of the summer. 11 He gave me the slip. 12 He is a good-for-nothing fellow. 13 I cannot conquer him; his greatest delight is mischief. 14 Insensibly, he related the whole story to us. 1 Charite bien ordonnee com- mence par soi-meme. 2 Comme nous revenions de . . . 3 S'en donner comme il faut. 4 Se mettre a se decliainer contre quelqu'un. 5 Preter une oreille attentive a quelGu'un. 6 — il s'en est dedit. 7 — quelqne chose la-dessous. 8 Etre fort repandu dans le monde. 9 Etre a toute epreuve. 10 — dans le fort de I'ete. 11 Faire faux-bond a qnel- qu'im. 12 — meciiant garnement. 13 — En venir a bout. — Nere- spirer que plaies et bosses. 14 De fil en aiguiUe, il . . . 44 PEAGTICAL EXERCISES EXEECISE XLIY. 1 The company broke up at eleven o'clock. 2 It will be twelve years the day after to-morrow since I came to London. 3 I did not know you bad been so long in England. 4 He owes you a grudge. 5 I introduced bim to a clever and good-natured friend of mine. 6 Let bim not venture to come to my bouse ; I would turn bim out. 7 How slow of apprebension tbat boy is ! 8 He may be sure tbat I sbaU not interfere witb bim. 9 He treats tbem very rougbly. 10 He is a fox disguised in a sbeep-skin. 11 Wbat does be take upon bimself ? 12 Wbat a number of idlers tbere are in Paris ! 13 I wbispered it to bim. 14 He is fair spoken. [ Y avoir. 1 Se separer a . 2 3 4 II vous la garde bonne. 5 Presenter a ... qui a beau- coup d' esprit et un bon caractere. 6 S'aviser de . . . Mettre a la porte. 7 Avoir r esprit boucbe. 8 Aller sur les brisees de quel- qu'un. 9 Menez quelqu'un tambour battant. 10 Faire le bon apotre. 11 De quoi s'avise-t-il? 12 Que de badauds . . . 13 Dire quelque chose tout bas, or, a I'oreille. 14 Dormer de I'eau benite de cour. ON FBElSrCH PHRASEOLOGY. 45 ExEBCisE XLV. ■ 1 You are indeed quick in your proceedings. 2 What a bustle lie makes about nothing. 3 He is well bred ; I am glad of his acquaintance. 4 "We are already on very good terms. 5 That man is not to be trusted. 6 I shall receive it through his means. 7 The rogue no sooner saw me than he ran away. 8 He is far from being learned. 9 I have given my servant liberty to go where he pleases. 10 They will lose nothing by the bargain. 1 1 He wanted to impose upon me. 12 She dresses her own hair. 13 She can always force a tear. 1 Aller vite en besogne. 2 Faire du bruit poiir rien. 3 Ayoir bon ton. — Etre bien aise de faire la connais- sance de quelqn'un. 4 Etre deja fort bien ensem- ble. 5 Etre snjet a caution. 6 — par son canal. 7 Gagner anx champs. 8 N'etre rien moins que savant. 9 Donner la clef des champs a . . . 10 Ne perdre rien an change. 11 Donner le change a qnel- qu'un. 12 Se coiffer soi-meme. 13 Avoir des pleurs de com- mande. 46 PE-ACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XLVI. 1 I called to tlieni to stop. 2 He has been so audacious as to shake his stick at us. 3 You go on too fast. 4 He has a care-worn countenance. 5 We do not care for him. 6 Are you going to cavil at this too ? 7 Don't contradict yourself. 8 I will give my servant a good character. 9 It was quite out of character. 10 It would be well to check his vanity. 11 One of my brothers is in the church; the other is in the law. 12 Is church over ? 13 You drive better than he. 1 Crier a quelqu'im d'arreter. 2 S'oTiblier jusqu'a menacer quelqu'un de la canne. 3 Comme yous y allez. 4 Avoir des soucis peints sur sa figure. 5 Ne pas se soucier de quel- qu'un. 6 Trouyer a redire a . . . 7 Ne se pas couper. 8 Eendre un bon temoignage d'un domestique. 9 — ridicule. 10 Mortifier la vanite de quelqu'un. 11 L'etat ecclesiastique — au barreau. 12 Le service est-il fini ? 13 Conduire. ON FEENCH PHBASEOLOGY. 47 EXEECISE XLVII. 1 He is more embarrassed tlian ever in his circum- stances. 2 He looks sternly at you. 3 I went out shooting this morning. 4 I saw a hare, aimed at him, but my gun flashed in the pan. 5 The Duke left his box before the curtain dropt. 6 I thought he would miss his aim. 7 That actor hardly ever knows his part. 8 I am going to a party to-night. I hope I shall enjoy myself. 9 They found their boys much improved on their return from school. 10 I often go in a boat. Ill can walk faster than you. 12 I did not walk here to-day; I came on horse- back. 1 Etre mal dans ses affaires. 2 Kegarder quelqu'im de cote. 3 Aller a la chasse. 4 Couclier en joue. — Eater. 5 — avant qn'on eut baisse le ridean. 6 Manqner son coup. 7 Savoir son role. 8 Aller en soiree — s'amuser. 9 — tres-avances dans leurs etudes. 10 Se promener en bateau. 11 Marcher. 12 Yenir a pied — a cbeval. 48 PEACTICAL EXEECISES EXEECISE XLYIII. 1 He lias married his cousin. 2 Wlio has married them ? The bishop. 3 I am an only son. 4 He will never return to his native country. 5 Is it true that your cousin had a fall from his horse, and broke his leg ? 6 Is he already returned ? 7 I take it kindly of you to come and see me. 8 I have not seen my father these ten years. 9 We all side with you. 10 It is a hilly cotmtry. 1 1 Who does not build castles in the air ? 12 He lives by his wits. 13 The police officers are looking for him; he has done something wrong, no doubt. 14 Cannot you see it ? Why, it lies just before your eyes. 1 Epouser. 2 Marier. 3 Fils unique. 4 Patrie. 5 Faire une chute de clieval — se casser la jambe. 6 — revenu. 7 Avoir bon gre a quelqu'un de... 8 — depuis . • . 9 Etre du parti de quel- qu'un. 10 — montagneux. 11 Batir des chateaux en Espagne. 12 C'est un chevalier d'indus- trie. 13 — un mauvais coup. 14 — il vous creve les yeux. Oy PEEXCH PHEASEOLOGY. 49 EXEECISE XLIX. 1 His horse stumbles at every step, 2 He came off with glory. 3 I came off a loser. 4 All my hair comes off. 5 He came to my terms. 6 I fainted ; and when I recovered my senses, they were gone. 7 Go up to him. 8 I live a comfortable life. 9 I find nothing more comfortable in my troubles. 10 He has no command of himself. 11 Why do you countenance such a man ? 12 Why does he wink at us so ? 13 He winked at his son's faults. 14 I have taken the liberty to trouble him with a letter. 15 1 will not trouble him any more. 16 Excuse the trouble I give you. 1 Bronclier a chaque pas. 10 Xe pas savoir se moderer. 2 Sortir d" affaire avec hon- 11 Favoriser un homme. neur. 3 Y perdre. 4 Tomber. 5 Se rendre aux conditions que 12 Faire signe de Toeil a quel- qu'iin. 13 Fermer les yeux siu . . . 14 Charger quelqu'un d'lme quelqu'un a proposees. j lettre. 6 S'evanoTiir. — Revenii a soi. ' 15 Xe pas importnner qiiel- 7 S'approcher de quelqu'un. ' qu'un davantage. 8 Mener une vie douce. 16 Pardonnez si je tous donne 9 — consolant — malheurs. | cette peine. 50 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise L. 1 If anytlimg be amiss, you may thank yourself for it. 2 I bear my misfortunes patiently. 3 I am glad to bear that be follows good courses. 4 His nose began bleeding, so that be was obliged to go out. 5 Curiosity prompts me to go tbitber. 6 If you do not mend, evil will betide you. 7 Yesterday, a fire broke out in bis bouse. 8 He often gets intoxicated. 9 As you manage matters, it will never be done. 10 Whj does be tax me witb it ? 11 If be does not settle witb me, I sball come upon you. 12 Ab ! you rogue ; I catcb you at it. 1 3 He tbinks bigbly of bimself. 1 Y avoir du mal. — S'en pren- dre a soi-meme. 2 Prendre son mal en patience. 3 Prendre la bonne voie. 4 II lui prit un saignement de nez . . . 5 La curiosite me prend d'y aller. 6 Se corriger ... II vous en prendra mal. 7 — le feu prit a . . . 8 Se prendre sonvent de vin. 9 De la maniere dont vous vous y prenez . . . 10 S'en prendre a quelqu'un. 11 Payer quelqu'un — s'en prendre a quelqu'un. 12 All! coquin ; je vous y prends. 1 3 Avoir une haute idee de soi- meme. ON FRENCH PHKASEOLOGY. 51 EXEBCISE LI. 1 To expect such, a sum from me, he must suppose that my pockets are lined with gold. 2 I shall have that door blocked up. 3 Are they not aware that it is a hanging matter ? 4 Go and look, you will pay nothing for it. 5 I told him my mind without reserve. 6 He can have it cheaper there. 7 I will inform you of all we do. 8 He clasped his daughter in his arms, and burst into tears. 9 He pretends to be very clever. 10 I am actually benumbed with cold. 1 1 How did you come by it ? 12 Does be think to come off so ? 13 Did I not tell you it would turn out to be a false- hood ? 1 Etre tout cousu d'or. 2 Faire condamner uiie porte. 3 — Tin cas pendable ? 4 — il n'en coute rien. Dire ce qu'on a sur le coeiir. 6 Avoir quelque chose a meil- leur compte. 7 Mettre quelqu'un au courant de... 8 Serrer quelqu'un dans ses bras. — Fondre en larmes. 9 Faii^e I'liabile home. 10 — transi de froid. 11 Comment ravez-vouseu ? 12 Croit-il en etre quitte a si bon marcbe ? 13 Se trouyer faux. 52 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LII. 1 How comes that, tell me ? 2 When will this book come out ? 3 I am told it is to come out this day fortnight. 4 I swam across the river. 5 They do it in emulation of one another. 6 He looks like a sailor, does he not ? 7 He refused it, and now he is very sorry for it. 8 He is facetious and witty. 9 I went groping along, until I found the bell-rope. 10 I was so certain of it, that I would have taken my oath to it. 1 1 Now, you are equal in rank with them. 12 He has always been a spendthrift. 1 3 He wisely resolved to hold his tongue. 14 From what I see, I must submit to that. 1 Comment cela se fait-il ? 2 — paraitra-t-il ? 3 — d'aujourd'hui en quinze. 4 Traverser la riviere a la nage. 5 — a qui mieux mieux. 6 Avoir la mine d'un marin. 7 Eefuser la main de qnel- qu'un; — s'en mordre les doigts. 8 Avoir le mot pour rire. 9 Aller a tatons. 10 En lever la main. 11 Aller de pair avec quel- qu'un. 12 — bourreau d' argent; or, panier perce. 13 Prendre le parti de se taire. 14 A ce que je vois ... en passer par la. ON FEENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 53 EXEECISE LIII. 1 Let us waive tliat subject. 2 I could not contain my joy. 3 He was near dying. 4 Never fail in your duty. 5 He has ever afterwards -been called by that name. 6 Do you keep bouse togetber now ? 7 What is tbe best news ? 8 Luckily, be did not nibble at tbe bait. 9 Now I tbink of it, bow is your uncle ? 10 Take, take ; it adds to tbe number. 1 1 Sbe nurses berself too mucb. 12 You bave put me out quite. 13 Wbose deal is it? Mine. 14 I know bow to deal witb bim» 1 5 He gave my friend a flat denial. 16 Tbe Council of King's College will meet tbe day after to-morrow. 17 At lengtb tbe die is cast. 1 Passons la-dessus. 2 N'etre pas maitre de sa joie. 3 Manquer motirir. 4 Ne jamais manquer a son devoir. 5 Le nom lui en est reste. 6 Tenir menage ensemble. 7 Que dit-on de bon ? 8 Mordre a rbamegon. 9 A propos . . . 10 — cela fait nombre. 11 S'ecoTiter trop. 12 Derouter qnelqu'un. 13 Faire, or, donner. 14 — comment le prendre. 15 Eefuser tout net. 16 S' assembler. 17 Le sort en est jete. 54 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LIV. 1 I am going to meet my sister, who is to arrive at six, from the country. 2 He was so dejected, that he denied himseK to all but me. 3 What does he do to relax his mind after work ? 4 I am disappointed in that youth. 5 You will get out of favour with them, if you do not leave off those ways. 6 The servants go up and down by the back stairs. 7 He often gets into a passion. 8 He is a very stingy man. 9 The poor fellow is put to his last shift. 10 Your nose bleeds. 11 It is carrying coals to Newcastle. 12 Don't you see that he has a sham arm ? 13 He is fourteen, though he does not look so old ; but he is short for his age. 14 Who sent you? 1 Aller au devant de quel- qu'un. 2 Etre abattu. — Faire refuser sa porte a tout le monde. 3 Se distraire. 4 Ce jeune homme ne remplit pas mes esperances. 5 Perdre les bonnes graces de quelqu'un. — Se defaire de ses habitudes. 6 — escalier derobe. 7 S'emporter. 8 Etre dur a la desserre. 9 Ne plus savoir ou donner de la tete. 10 Saigner du nez. 11 Porter de I'eau a la riviere. 12 — bras posticbe. 13 Etre petit pour son age. 14 De quelle part venez-vous ON FRENCH PHBASEOLOaY. 55 Exercise LY. 1 I was surprised to see his heart fail him in that circumstance. 2 It is no great things. 3 We ran against each other. 4 Take a run before you leap. 5 They will make him pay for all this. 6 They have had a run of good luck. 7 I gave him a Eoland for his Oliver. 8 We were going full sail before the wind. 9 I will have this stone set in gold. 10 They set up business with very little. 1 1 I am deaf to that. 12 That is as much as to say, No, 13 Can you spare him for half an hour. 14 It is his temper ; he does not mince his words. 1 Saigner du nez. 2 Ce n'est pas le Perou. 3 Se heurter en courant. 4 Prendre son elan. 5 Faire payer a quelqu'un les pots casses. 6 — una bonne veine. 7 Donner a quelqu'iin la mon- naie de sa piece. 8 Yoguer a pleines Yoiles. 9 Faire monter une pierre en or. 10 Commencer avec pen de chose. 11 N'entendi'e pas de cette oreille-la. 12 C'est-a-dire que non. 13 Se passer de quelqu'un. 14 C'est la son humenr — Ne pas macher ses paroles. 56 PRACTICAL EXERCISES. Exercise LYI. 1 We have boiled meat for dinner. 2 All ! you sly man ! 3 It is -whispered about that Mr. M — is a bankrupt. 4 I long to bear if it is true. 5 I see you have picked out tbe best. 6 Tbe Spanish ambassador and ours contended for the precedency. 7 If that's all, you may go. 8 He looks so demure, one would say he has no hand in it. 9 They are always quarrelling about trifles. 10 He begs to be remembered to you. 1 1 He has lost his character. 12 His affection is repaid. 13 I cannot recollect it; do put me on the right scent. 14 Now I have it. 1 Avoir mis le pot au feu. 2 Euse matois que vous etes ! 3 II court un bruit sourd que . . 4 II me tarde de savoir si . . . 5 Choisir. 6 Se disputer le pas. 7 S'il ne tient qu'a cela . . . 8 On dirait qu'il n'y touche pas. 9 Faire a quelqu'un des que- relles d'AUemand. 10 II m' a prie de le rappeler a Yotre souvenir. 1 1 Etre perdu de reputation. 12 Etre paye de retour. 13 Mettre quelqu'un sur la voie. 14 M'y voila. ON PBENCH PHKASEOLOGT. 57 EXEBCISE LVII. 1 That is not to be refused. 2 Let me alone for that. 3 Fear was his only punishment. 4 He was obliged to crawlupon all fours to get in. 5 For what reason did thej quarrel ? 6 You apply too late. 7 I will go before to give them notice of your arrival. 8 He spends his money in an extravagant manner. 9 You did not go the right way about it. 10 I did not mince the matter to him. 11 His foot slipped, he fell, and broke his arm. 12 How much have you yearly for your pocket- money ? 13 He went thither unknown to me. 14 That is like him. 15 1 alighted at the Crown. 16 To the best of my memory. 1 — de refus. 2 Pouvoir s'en rapporter a quelqu'un. 3 En etre quitte pour la peur. 4 Marcher a quatre pattes . . . 6 A quel propos . . . 6 S'y prendre trop tard. 7 Prendre les devants . . . 8 Jeter son argent par les fe- netres. 9 Ne pas bien s'y prendre. 10 Ne pas le m^cher a quel- qu'un. 1 1 Le pied lui manqua . . . 12 — menus plaisirs ? 13 — a mon insQu. 14 C'est un plat de son metier. 15 Mettre pied a terre . . . 16 Autant que je puis m'en souvenir. 58 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LYIII. 1 He it was who advised me to stand candidate. 2 I have no objection to a game, if you do not play higli. 3 He turns everything to account. 4 Who was in the chair ? 5 She has already five hundred pounds put by. 6 He is always meddling. 7 We appointed to meet the day after to-morrow. 8 I should like to meet you in Paris. 9 Let us go all together to meet him. 1 He ought to be ashamed of himself. 1 1 Yes ; he leads a scandalous life. 12 Your horse is very shy. 13 1 am at a stand. . 14 We are beforehand with them. 15 He bribed all the witnesses. 16 1 am ashamed of you. 1 Se mettre sur les rangs. 2 Voiiloir bien faire une partie ; — gros jeu. 3 Mettre tout a profit. 4 Presider. 5 Mettre de cote. 6 Se meler ou Ton n'a que faire. 7 Se donner rendez-vous. 8 Se trouver avec quelqu'un. 9 Aller a la rencontre de quelqu'un. 10 Avoir honte. 11 Mener une vie honteuse. 12 — ombrageux. 13 Me voDa les bras croises. 14 Nous avons pris le devant. 15 Gagner, or, suborner . . . 16 Yous me faites honte. ON FEENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 59 EXEECISE LIX. 1 I told my mind plainly. 2 Slie does not know lier own mind. 3 You have everything to your mind, yet you are dissatisfied. 4 Well ! have you made up your mind about it ? 5 That tune frequently recurs to my mind. 6 You are trifling with me. 7 I let him have his own way. 8 It is always wise to bear up against misfortune. 9 The sufferers, then, are to be punished. 10 It is a piece of ignorance and presumption. Ill am going to fish. 12 Holdfast. 13 1 hinted to him that his visits were not acceptable. 14 Go about your business. 15 He has sprained his foot. 16 Show me some stockings with open work. 1 Dire franchement sa faQon de penser. 2 Ne pas savoir ce qu'on veut. 3 Avoir tout a souhait . . . 4 Prendre son parti. 5 Eevenir dans 1' esprit. 6 Se jouer de quelqu'un. 7 Laisser la bride sur le cou a quelqu'un. 8 Faire contra fortune bon 9 Les battus paieront done r amende. 10 C'est Gros Jean qui re- montre a son cure. 11 — a la pecbe. 12 Tenir ferme. 13 Insinuer a quelqu'un que . . . 14 Passez votre cbemin. 15 Se donner une entorse au pied. 16 — des bas a jour. 60 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LX. 1 I take lessons every other day. 2 How inquisitive you are. 3 I am very short-sighted. 4 I cannot stand that.] 5 Your advice is not disinterested. 6 I will do all my endeavours to succeed. 7 Did he come to your terms ? 8 It is not for want of looking after, but he is always so careless. 9 He has the good sense to keep his distance. 10 She dotes upon her children. 1 1 Don't talk so to me ; do you take me for a fool ? 1 2 The Doctor gave him over, but he is fast recovering. 1 3 They treated him like an ignorant person. 14 He spoke extempore for two hours. 15 Customers flock to his shop. 1 6 Their meeting was cold. 10 Aimer passionnement . . , 11 A d'auti^es . . . 12 Abandonner un malade. Etre convalescent. 1 — de deux jours I'un. 2 Que de questions vous faites ! 3 Avoir la vue basse. 4 — soufirir cela. 5 Yous etes orf evre, Mr. Josse. * I 13 Eenvoyer quelqu'un a 6 J'y brulerai mes livres. | I'A B C. 7 Acceder aux conditions de I 14 Parler d'abondance. quelqu'un. i 15 Les chalands abondent dans 8 Ce n'est pas faute de soin, | son magasin. mais ... 16 Leur abord a ete froid. 9 — se tenir a sa place. j * In Molifere's comedy of V Amour Mddicin, a silversmith, of the name of Josse, being consulted as to the best means of winning the heart of a certain lady, is for making her presents of jewellery. The lover observes in reply, " Vous etes orfevre. Monsieur Josse ;'^ that is to say, "Your advice is not disinterested." Hence the proverb. on feench phbaseology. 61 Exercise LXI. 1 What is the drift of your discourse ? 2 My object is to secure myself from want. 3 He is a pleasant, good-tempered man. 4 It is a well-tasted pear. 5 You will be appointed. — I hope it may happen. 6 I saw it again in the dusk of the evening. 7 I cannot see anybody ; I am engaged. 8 He gave him a box on the face with all his might, and horsewhipped him afterwards. 9 He easily takes fire ; do not provoke him. 10 Eemind him of the saying, '^ Gr^sp all, lose all." Ill drank it at one draught. 12 I see you enjoy yourselves here. 13 Be cool, and hear me. 14 You shall see them come in a sad plight. 1 5 Who has more than enough ? 16 1 shall be ready at all events. 1 Ou aboutit tout ce que tous dites? 2 Se mettre a I'abri du be- soin. 3 Un homme d'un bon acabit. 4 — une poire d'un bon acabit. 5 — J' en accepte I'augure. 6 — sur la brune. 7 Etre occupe. 8 Donner un soujfflet a tour de bras ; — donner des coups de cravacbe. 9 Prendre feu — echauffer les oreilles a quelqu'un. 10 — qui trop embrasse mal etreint. 11 Avaler tout d'un trait. 12 Se donner du bon temps. 13 Xe pas s'emporter . . . 14 — dans un triste equipage. 15 En avoir de reste. 16 Quoiqu'n arrive, je serai pret. 62 PEACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXII. 1 Follow me, I am acquainted with, the house. 2 If they go on in this way they will soon be ruined. 3 At the sight of him I remained in astonishment. 4 It will set your teeth on edge. 5 He laid an emphasis upon the word. 6 The boy is gone on an errand. 7 Lord A — — is gone to reside upon his estate. 8 A foolish question deserves no answer. 9 He can bear that loss ; he is a very rich man. 10 When he once launches out in a panegyric, there is no stopping him. 11 The wise man takes things as they are. 12 He is full thirty years of age. 13 I reconciled him. 14 A man who is drowning catches hold of any- thing. 15 You don't speak the truth. 1 Savoir les etres du logis. 2 S'ils y vont de ce train . . . 3 — tombai de mon haut. 4 Agacer les dents. 5 Appuyer sur . . . 6 AUer faire une commission. 7 Vivre dans ses terres. 8 A sotte demande, point de reponse. 9 Avoir les reins forts. 10 Se repandre en eloges; — n'en pas finir. 11 Savoir s'accommoder a tout. 12 — Trente ans accomplis. 13 Mettre des gens d' accord. 14 — qui se noie, s'accroche a tout. 15 jN'e pas accuser juste. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 63 Exercise LXIII. 1 I am on the look out. 2 As for the other man, he went off fast enough. 3 She must be on the decline. 4 I must settle my affairs before I go. 5 Can he forget himself so far ? 6 All your friends rejoice in your good fortune. 7 At the least word he gets into a passion. 8 They are the cause of his being now out of employ. 9 It would be a desirable match for him. 1 I met him at a boarding-house. 1 1 He patted me on the shoulder. 12 Get this child's stockings patched. 13 I lose all patience. 14 The magistrate bound him to keep the peace. 15 The pigeons are pecking at one another. 16 You always run into extremes. 1 Avoir I'oeil au guet. 2 Ne pas demand er son reste. 3 Etre sur le retour. 4 Mettre ordre a ses affaires. 5 — s'oublierjusqu'ace point. 6 Prendre part au boniieur de qnelqu'un. 7 Se mettre en colere. 8 Etre sur le pave. 9 — un bon parti. 10 — pension bourgeoise. 11 Donner un petit coup sur I'epaule. 12 Faire mettre des pieces aux . . . 13 Ma patience est a bout. 14 Obliger quelqu'un sous cau- tion a ne pas commettre d'actes de yiolence. 15 — se donnent des coups de bee. 16 AUer du blanc au noir. 64 PBACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXIV. 1 Everything duly considered, I will not accept the offer you made me. 2 Come, come ; you will not make us believe such. things. 3 The thing is true nevertheless. 4 They indulge in pleasures. 5 That will complete his ruin. 6 Should it happen to rain, 'tis all over with the walk. 7 I don't bid farewell ; we shall meet again. 8 It is all over with it. 9 She is extravagantly fond of music. 10 The weather is getting milder. Ill can perform sleights of hand. 12 He played us a deep trick. 13 I have what you want. 14 He will suit you exactly. 15 Leave that to me. 16 I take it upon me. 17 He frequently gets into dijBGlculties. 1 Toute reflexion faite . . . 9 EUe adore . . . or, eUe foUe 2 Laissez done ? . . . de. . . 3 — ne laisse pas d'etre vrai. 10 — s'adoucit. 4 Nager dans les plaisirs. 11 Faire des tours d'adresse. 5 Yoila de quoi racliever. 12 — un tour d'adresse. 6 S'il vient a pleuvoir, adieu 13 J'ai votre affaire. la promenade. 14 11 fera votre affaire. 7 Sans adieu ; — se re voir. 15 C'est mon affaire. 8 Adieu paniers, vendanges 16 En faire son affaire. ont faites. 17 Se faire des affaires. : on feench phkaseology. 65 Exercise LXY. 1 He pretends to liave much business on hand. 2 It made him fly into a violent passion. 3 He laughs at all the world can say. 4 It is his misfortune to be blind of one eye. 5 I can very well do without you. 6 I mistook my road. 7 I intend to sink that money. 8 What is the day of the month ? 9 My great coat is eaten ujd by moths, 10 He needs not much entreaty. 1 1 He has not his fellow. 12 She is not out of mourning yet. 13 The poor fellow will not live to be old. 14 When I saw my horse run away, I gave myself up for lost. 15 Enough for this once. 16 He is of a suspicious tem^Der. 1 Faii-e 1' affaire. 2 — sauter jusqu'aux nues. 3 Se moquer du qu'en dira- t-on. 9 — tout ronge de vers. 10 i^e se faire guere tirer r Oreille. 11 Etre un original sans copie. 4 Avoir le mallieiir d'etre i 12 X' avoir pas encore quitte le borgne. I deuil. 5 Se passer de quelqu'iin. | 13 Xe pas faire de vienx os. 6 Se tromper de cliemin. i 14 Prendre le mors aiix dents. 7 Placer de 1' argent a fonds perdus. 8 Quel quantieme du mois avons-nous ? — Se croire perdu. 15 En voila assez pour cette fois. 16 Tout lui fait ombra^e. 66 PRACTICAIi EXEECISES Exercise LXVI. 1 I knew him though he was muffled up to the eyes in his cloak. He is always muttering something to himself. They will go through with it, whatever may be the result. Now we must think of dinner. The business is to make up one's mind. She plays the simpleton. Many hands make light work; or, every little helps. 8 He is much fallen off. 9 We have clipped his wings. 10 I would rather do without it. 1 1 Do you study no better ? .12 That's my temper. 1 3 He looks sulky. 14 He bears a slight resemblance to his cousin. 15 It looks very like it. 16 He has a brazen face. 1 Ayoir le nez dans son man- teau. 2 Marmotter entre ses dents. 3 lis ne veulent pas en avoir le dementi. 4 A present, il s'agit de diner. 5 II s'agit de se decider. 6 Elle fait r Agnes.* 7 Un peu d'aide fait grand bien. 8 Ne battre plus que d'une aile. 9 Eogner les ongles a quel- qu'un. 10 Aimer mieux s'en passer. 11 Est-ce ainsi que voua etu- diez ? 12 Je suis ainsi fait. 13 Avoir I'air sournois. 14 II a un faux air de son cousin. 15 Cela en a tout I'air. 16 — un front d'airain. * Agnbs, the name of the heroine of one of Moli^re's plays, whose cha- racte^i^5tic feature is simplicity. ON TBEI^CH PHEASEOLOGY. 67 EXEECISE LXYII. 1 Be sure not to send for him ; lie friglitens them to death. 2 I am very fond of home-made bread. 3 Mind you don't forget it. 4 It shall not be ; I shall prevent it. 5 I asked him if he was married ; he told me he was. 6 Come, mend your pace ; we are late. 7 I am in great pain. 8 That makes even money. 9 On an average he makes two pounds a week. 10 I will do it in my own defence. 1 1 He wanted to sift me. 12 Weigh well what you say. 13 1 sympathize with you in your sorrows. 14 I shall soon belong to your club. 1 5 How shall I forward these letters to him ? 16 He was rather offended. 1 Se bien garder de faire venir quelqii'un. — Faire une frayeur mortelle a quel- qu'iin. 2 — pain de menage. 3 N'allez pas I'oublierj an moins. 4 Y mettre bon ordre. 5 Eepondre qu'oni. 6 Doubler le pas. — Etre en retard. 7 Souffi-ir beauconp. 8 Un compte rond. L'un port ant 1' autre . . . — a mon corps defendant. Tirer les vers du nez a qiielqu'un ; or, plaider le faux pour savoir le vrai. Menager les termes. Prendre part aux peines de quelqu'un. Faire partie d'un club, or, cercle. Faire paryenir. — un peu pique. E 2 68 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXVIII. 1 I boarded in a family ; I found it very comfortable. 2 The villain stabbed bim in several places. 3 He overshot himself. 4 He grows worse and worse. 5 Cheer up, friends. 6 How is your arm ? 7 I will not say a word about it. 8 He made a thrust at me, but he missed me. 9 When we come to the push, we shall consider what course to take* 10 He has got a footing in that house. 11 He is very mischievous. 12 I am in rapture. 1 3 To-morrow is my birth-day. 14 Send in your name. 15 I made but a short visit. 16 It is the duty of a father to chastise his children. 17 She was not ill enough to send for the doctor. 1 Se mettre en pension. 2 Donner plusieurs coups de couteau a quelqu'un. 3 Aller trop avant. 4 Aller de mal en pis. 5 Allons, mes enfants ! 6 Comment va le bras ? 7 Cela n'ira pas plus loin. 8 Allonger une botte a quel- qu'un. 9 Alors comme alors. 10 S'ancrer dans une maison. 11 — mecbant comme un ane rouge. 12 Etre aux anges. 13 C'est demain I'anniversaire de. . . 14 Se faire annoncer. 15 Je n'y ai fait qu'une appa- rition. 16 II appartient a un p^re de . . 17 — appeler le medecin. ON FBENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 69 Exercise LXIX. 1 Slie grudges her servants the very bread they eat. 2 I am very happy in the country. 3 He passes himself off for a Pole. 4 He is brought to a miserable pass. 5 Had I been there, matters would never have been brought to that pass. 6 They gave me a shuffling excuse, and went away. 7 Why do you frown upon him ? 8 Excuse him ; he did it in jest. 9 They kept me the whole day in suspense. 10 She is not pretty, but she has a good figure and a pretty carriage. 1 1 Open the windows ; the room smells close. 12 Do you feel anything from your wound ? 13 1 long to hear from them. 14 I am not a good hand at carving. 1 Plaindre aux domestiques jusqu'au . . . 2 Se plaire a . . . 3 Se faire passer pour . . . 4 Etre reduit a une triste si- tuation. 5 — les choses n'en seraient jamais venues a un tel point. 6 — defaite, et . . . 7 Faire mauvaise mine a quel- qu'un. 8 — pour rire. 9 — le bee dans I'eau. 10 — la taille bien faite — jolie tournure. 11 Sentir le renferme. 12 Ne plus se sentir de . . . 13 Briiler d'envie de . . . 14 Ne pas s' entendre couper. de- 70 PEACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXX. 1 She has never been to town ; she wishes very much to go. 2 I am a bachelor, and my sister will remain single also, as long as I do not marry. That is good, good indeed. I thank myself for having thought of it. He takes to himself everything that is said. He is welcome who brings. You must spoil before you spin. 8 He promised to say a few words in behalf of my request. 9 The cold has set in bitterly. 10 They complain that he ever hangs about them. 1 1 He can live without that. 12 You maintain I have done wrong; what of it? 13 Is this portrait drawn after life ? 14 He will side with the strongest. 15 No one could bend his bow. 16 He is a most senseless man. 1 Mourir d'envie de . . . 2 Etre gar90ii — Rester fille. 3 Yoila ce qui s'appelle bon. 4 S'applaiidir de . . . 5 S'appliquer tout ce qu'ondit. 6 Bien venu qui apporte. 7 Apprenti n'est pas maitre. 8 Dire quelque chose a I'appui de la demande de quel- qu'un. 9 Le froid commence bien aprement. 10 Etre toujours apres quel- qu'un. 11 II n' attend pas apres cela. 12 Pretendre que — ; Eb bien, apres ? 13 — fait d' apres nature ? 14 Se tecir au gros de I'arbre. 15 Bander un arc. 16 — un arcbi-fou. 0:N' FEE2TCH PHEASEOLOGY. 71 EXEECISE LXXI. 1 I stood up for him. 2 He still follows the same course. They are all gone to a watering-place. 4 She has a forbidding gravity which chills me. 5 I have great mind to tell it them. 6 He is undone. 7 They may do as they like ; I leave them full liberty- 8 What is the best thing to stop the hiccough ? 9 I gave him several hints that he was the laughing- stock of all the company. 10 I am over head and ears in business. 11 He expects great pleasure from his visit to you. 12 He has brought himseK into a bad predicament. 13 If he does not succeed, it will not be my fault. 1 Prendre fait et cause pour , S — faire passer le hoqiiet. quelqu'un. 9 Donner a entendre a qnel- 2 AUer toiijours son meme qu'un. — Etre le jouet train. de . . . 3 — an bord de la mer. 10 AToir des affaii'es par-des- 4 — un serieux qui glace. , sus la tete. — Peu s"en faut que je ne le 11 Se faire un grand plaisir leur dise. j d'aller voir quelqu'un. 6 C'en est fait de lui. ; 12 Se niettre dans un grand 7 Qu'ils fassent comme bon embarras. leur semblera ; je les en 13 II ne tiendi-a pas a moi qu'il laisse les maitres. 1 ne reussisse. 72 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXXII. 1 He always leaves his papers scattered about liia closet. 2 There is some snake in the grass. 3 'Tis as good as ready money. 4 Your promises are very good, but your money would be better. 5 It is a cant word. 6 She is very quick-sighted. 7 Let us fence ; here are foils, masks and gloves. 8 Please yourself. 9 You give up an enterprise that would succeed. 10 I am one month behind-hand. 1 1 All men seek after happiness. 1 2 They contended for superiority in wit. 1 3 He besets me the whole day. 14 Trust in God. 15 First, we must arrest him. 16 1 have bought a house-dog. 1 7 He is now out of reach. 1 Laisser trainer ses papiers. 2 II y a anguille sous roche. 3 — de Tor en barre. 4 Tout cela est bel et bon, mais de r argent vaut mieux. 5 — terme d' argot. 6 Avoir des yeux d' Argus. 7 Faire des armes. 8 S' arranger. 9 S'arreter en beau ebemin. 10 Etre en arriere d'un mois. 11 Aspirer au bonheur. 12 Faire assaut d' esprit. 13 Assieger quelqu'un. 14 Mettre son assurance ei Dieu. 15 S' assurer de quelqu'un. 16 — cbien d'attacbe. 17 — bors d'atteinte. ON FRENCH PHEASEOLOGY. 73 EXEBCISE LXXIII. 1 The police is at his heels. 2 What profession does he follow ? 3 The duke's blinds are mnsket-proof. 4 He was a merchant ; he has left off business these two years. 5 That sign projects too much into the street. 6 This does not fall within my province. 7 He put out his hand towards me and said. 8 He told it me by word of mouth. 9 Ten soldiers have been quartered upon that pub- lican these three weeks. 10 E-availlac, the assassin of Henry the Fourth, was drawn and quartered. 1 1 Doctor Baillie ranked first among physicians. 12 They have engaged a first-rate musician. 13 1 am glad of it ; I delight in music. 14 Pray read to yourself. 1 On a mis la police a ses trousses. 2 Exercer une profession. 3 Les persiennes — a I'epreuve du mousqnet. 4 Se retirer des affaires. 5 — avance trop sur . . . 6 Cela n'est pas de mon res- sort. 7 Etendre la main vers . . . 8 — de vive voix. 9 Etre loge chez quelqu'un. 10 Tirer a quatre clievaux. 1 1 Tenir le premier rang . . 12 — du premier ordre. 13 Etre fou de la musique. 14 Lire des yeux. 74 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXXIV. 1 Is lie not a very handsome man ? 2 It is an evasion ; he will fail us. 3 They pursue him incessantly. 4 I am sure of it ; I would venture my life upon it. 5 It is a bad habit ; I will get rid of it. 6 They asked me in, and there was no possibility of escape. 7 He draws very like, does he not ? 8 He got entrapped. 9 Tou grieve without cause. 10 He lives with a nobleman of high rank. 1 1 Give me as much more. 12 Do the same, if you can. 13 Other people's misfortunes affect us but little. 14 What odds did you give him ? 15 I have taken a great dislike to him. 16 In the land of the blind, one-eyed people are kings. 1 N'est-ce pas qu'il est fait a peindre. 2 — faux-fuyant. — Faire faux bond a quelqu'un. 3 Donner la chasse a quel- qii'iin. 4 — en mettre sa main an feu. 5 — je m'en deferai. 6 N'y avoir pas moyen de s'en defendre. 7 Attraper bien la ressem- blance. 8 Se laisser attraper. 9 S'attrister mal a propos. 10 Etre aupres d'un grand seigneur. 11 — une fois autant. 12 Faites-en autant . . . 1 3 Mal d' autrui n' est que songe. 14 Quel avantage . . . 15 Prendre quelqu'un en aver- sion. . 16 Au royaume des aveugles les borgnes sont rois. ON PEENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 75 EXEECISE LXXV. 1 If you like it, do not spare it. 2 They will cut out work for you. 3 I see lie is very knowing. 4 That makes him very unhappy, but I cannot help it. 5 You make game of everything. 6 He must put on his regimentals to go. 7 Must he ? b Send him about his business. 9 He ought not to look to me for it. 10 I have walked ten miles this morning ; I am knocked up. 11 Those two lawyers vie in cunning. 12 We could not make the dog let go his hold. 13 At last he has a home ; for a long time he had neither house nor harbour. 14 I will see you at home to-night. 15 Be sure that, in the end, it will come home to you. 16 It is High Dutch to me. 1 — ne vous en faites pas faute. 2 Donner du fil a retordre. 3 En savoir long. 4 Rendre Hen malhenreux ; — ne savoir qu'y faire. Se rire de tout. 6 Se mettre en nniforme. 7 Est-ce de rigueur ? 9 — en faire quelqu'un res- ponsable. 10 Faire . . . Etre rendu. 11 Jouer au plus fin. 12 Faire lacher prise a . . . 13 Avoir un cliez soi. — jS"' avoir ni feu, ni lieu. 14 Eeconduire quelqu'un cliez lui. 8 Envoy er quelqu'un pro- \ 15 Eetomber sur quelqu'un. mener. I 16 X'y entendre goutte. 76 PRACTICAIi EXERCISES Exercise LXXYI. 1 What is bred in the bone can never be got out of the flesh. 2 It is a fair warning for one to stand on his guard. 3 He has a great deal of talk. 4 He always walks swinging his arms. 5 He is too grave for his age. 6 Your copy-book is scribbled all over. 7 He is very swift-footed. 8 There he stood gazing foolishly. 9 For all you can say and do, that will not be. 10 He set the fox to keep the geese. 1 1 He has more words than deeds. 12 He is in the utmost distress. 13 Come, don't be silly. 1 4 He died rich. 15 He acted honourably. 16 He has anticipated his revenue. 17 He is offended at your neglect. 1 Chassez le naturel, il revient au galop.* 2 C'est un avis au lecteur. 3 Avoir beaucoup de babil. 4 Aller les bras ballans. 5 Faire le barbon. 6 — tout barbouille. 7 Courir comme un Basque. 8 II etait la qui baillait aux corneilles. 9 Vous avez beau dire et beau faire, . . . 10 Enfermer le loup dans la bergerie. 11 Faire plus de bruit que de besogne. 12 Etre dans un pressant be- soin. 13 Ne pas faire la bete. 14 Laisser de grands biens. 15 — en tout bien et en tout bonneur. 16 Manger son ble en berbe. 17 II est blesse de votre oubli. * A line from Boileau's Art Poetxgue, 0]S FBENCH PHEASEOLOaY. 77 Exercise LXXVII. 1 I have just taken my leave of Mr. and Mrs. B . 2 Follow my advice, do not meddle with. it. 3 I am obliged to do it anew. 4 He would give anything to get out of that scrape. 5 Don't be inconsistent, 6 He has very eccentric manners. 7 If any one dares take it, he will have to deal with me. 8 You make me mad ; leave my house instantly, 9 He levelled his gun at me. 1 He is, without question, the most skilful of all. 1 1 Prince T was in the church, but he forsook his profession. 12 Open the street-door. 13 I don't want his advice. 14 I begin to be used to it. 15 They stood out bravely to the last. 16 Habits ever remain. 1 Faire ses adieux a quel- qii'un. 2 Ne pas s'y frotter. 3 — sur nouveaux frais. 4 Donner tout au monde pour se tirer d'un mauvais pas. 5 S'accorder avec soi-meme. 6 — qui n'appartiennent qu'a lui. 7 Avoir affaire a quelqu'un. 8 Pousser quelqu'un a bout ; — sortez de chez moi. 9 Coucher quelqu'un en joue. 10 — sans contredit . . . 1 1 Jeter le froc aux orties. 12 — qui donne sur la rue. 13 N' avoir que faire de . . . 14 Commencer a s'y faire. 15 Se defendre bravement jus- qu'a I'extremite. 16 Qui a bu boira. 78 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXXVIII. 1 One may be little and good. 2 One is very snug there. 3 He is very hasty. 4 We have so much to spare. 5 That portends no good. 6 He makes a great deal of money. 7 I will soon silence him. 8 The news is spread everywhere. 9 He repeats that continually. 10 They are going to fire ; stop your ears. 1 1 He looks sulky at me. 1 2 You have worked and toiled to no purpose. 13 Your coat is wrinkled. 14 1 must have another made ; this is worn out. 15 He is as mad as a March hare. 16 He has an extensive power. 1 7 He stammered out a sorrycompliment, and sat down. 18 Make haste to strike a light. 1 Dans les petites boites sont les bons onguens. 2 On y est comme dans une boite. 3 Avoir la tete pres du bon- net. 4 Avoir tant de bon. 5 Cela n'annonce rien de bon. 6 Mettre du foin dans ses bottes. 7 Fermer la boncbe a quel- qu'un. 8 — va de boucbe en boucbe. a la pour 9 Avoir toujours cela boucbe. 10 Se boucber les oreilles. 11 Bonder quelqu'un. 12 Faire de la bouillie les cbats. 13 — fait la grimace. 14 En faire faire un autre; — avoir fait son temps. 15 Etre fou comme un braque. 16 Avoir les bras longs. 17 Bredouiller un mauvais compliment. 18 Battre le briquet. ON ERENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 79 Exercise LXXIX. 1 That carriage lias quite jaded me. 2 I forgot to buy some blotting-paper. 8 He did all lie could to embroil the matter. 4 Will you have some mulled wine ? 5 I know what people think of it. 6 He lodges at a paltry pot-house. 7 He does it openly. 8 I went with my younger brother. 9 Let me count again ; I think I am mistaken. 10 He is ever ready to change sides. 1 1 The troops will soon take the field. 12 You are finely off. 13 1 have sketched out my work. 14 That hall will hold three hundred people. 15 That shows a bad temper. 1 6 You put him out of his temper. 17 They all make much of him. 18 1 don't choose to do that ; I have my reasons for it. 1 Cette voiture m'a brise. 2 — du papier brouillard. 3 — brouiller les cartes. 4 — du vin brule. 5 Savoir I'air du bureau. 6 — cabaret borgne. 7 Ne s'en point cacher. 8 — frere cadet. 9 Se tromper dans son calcul. 10 C'est un vrai cameleon. 11 Se mettre en campagne. 12 Yous voila bien campe. 13 Faire le canevas de son ouvrage. 14 Cette salle est capable de contenir . . . 15 Cela annonce un mauvais caractere. 16 Faire sortir quelqu'un de son caractere. 17 Faire des caresses a quel- qu'un. 18 Je ne veux pas le faire, et pour cause. 80 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXXX. 1 He is very cross to-day. 2 He will tease you eternally, till you grant him his request. Is that all ? She left off crying. He ran into danger in trying to avoid it ; or he trusted to his foe. A man's house is his castle. Let us try again. 8 It is a good horse that never stumbles. 9 Have all the witnesses for the prosecution been examined ? 10 I advised you to behave yourself. 1 1 He follows in the steps of his forefathers. 12 I advised him not to encroach upon your rights. 13 He scampered away in haste. 14 Those shoes fit well. 1 5 They will cut out work for him. 16 There is nothing like a miser's feast. 17 Indeed, it is hard work. 18 He took a violent remedy. 1 Etre de bien mauvaise hu- meur. 2 II n'aura point de cesse que vous ne lui ayez donne ce qu'il demande. 3 N'est-ce que cela ? 4 Cesser de pleurer. 5 Venir se bruler a la clian- delle. 6 Le charbonnier est maitre dans sa maison. 7 Retourner a la charge. 8 II n'y a si bon cbarretier qui ne verse. 9 — temoins a charge . . . 10 Je vous conseille de char- rier droit. 11 Bon chien chasse de race. 12 JSTe pas chassei sur lesterres de quelqu'un. 13 Sortir un pied chausse et r autre nu. 14 Chausser. 15 On lui fera voir bien du chemin. 16 11 n'est chere que de vilain. 17 — travail de cheval. 18 — remede de cheval. END OF PART I. ON FEEJN-CH PHEASEOLOGY. PART THE SECOND.* EXEECISE LXXXI. 1 I pardon you, thoiigb. you do not deserve it ; but I forbid you my house. 2 Are those your intentions ? Yes, they are. 3 They will make up for the loss of time. 4 When he returns I will give him a severe reprimand. 5 Either you or I will go to the exhibition with him. 6 You must not take that literally. 7 I cannot recollect it ; I had it at my tongue's end just now. 8 She indulges her children too much. 9 He indulges all his wishes. 10 They abuse each other all day. 1 1 You do him wrong if you think him guilty of such meanness. 12 The drum is beating ; they are mustering the troops. 1 Faire grace a — Interdiie sa maison a . . . 2 Sont-ce la . . ? — ce les sont. 3 Eeparer le temps perdu. 4 Layer la tete a . . . — I'tih de nous deux . . . 6 — au pied de la lettre. 7 Se rappeler quelque chose ; — r avoir sur le bord des levres. 8 Gater trop ... 9 'Ne se rien refuser 10 Se dire des injures. 11 Faire injure a — croire ca- pable de . . . 12 Battre le tambour — assem- bler les troupes. * Less assistance will now te given in the formation of the sentences. G 82 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXXXII. 1 Tour brother's conduct lias injured him greatly. 2 I shall get off for a few pounds. 3 I told it to no one ; ask no more questions. 4 I saw him give you a significant look. 5 I cried as loud as I could, Beware ! 6 It was decided by a majority of votes. 7 There is nothing I wish more than to make it up with him. 8 You shot above the mark. 9 She married beneath herself. 10 Do not be uneasy ; I am a match for him. 1 1 He has never found his match yet. 12 It is a matter of astonishment to me. 13 1 hope you will settle the matter amicably be- tween yourselves. 1 — liii a fait bien du tort. 2 En etre quitte pour . . . 3 Ne le dire a qui que ce soit. — Ne plus faire de questions. 4 Faire un clin d'oeil a . . . 5 Crier a tue tete : gare. 6 — a la pluralite des voix. 7 Ne demander pas mieux que de se racommoder, or se reconcilier ayec . . . 8 Tirer trop haut. — Etre loin du but. 9 Se mesallier. 10 Etre en etat de tenir tete a . . . 1 1 Ne pas trouver plus fort que soi. 12 — une chose qui etonne. 13 S' arranger a 1' amiable. ON FRENCH PHEASEOLOGY. 83 Exercise LXXXIII. 1 If you want Mr. B , I will go for him. 2 How will you go? I will walk there. You had better ride. 3 You will be back by nine, of course. 4 Go to your father, and ask him if he means to attend our concert this day week. 5 Marriage requires much consideration; for the happiness of life depends upon it. 6 I see that he must be kept under. 7 How hot he is ! No wonder ; he ran full speed. 8 He is very poorly ; constant labour has impaired his health. 9 When he found that he had made a gross mistakes he was very angry ; so much so, that his feature, were quite distorted. 10 Pshaw! You jest; you talk nonsense. 1 1 Your brother is so altered that I did not recognise him. 12 I am very thirsty. So am I. 1 Aller cherclier . . . 2 Aller a pied — a clieval. 3 Etre de retour a . . . Cela va sans dire. 4 Aller trouver . . . Assister a — d'aujourd'hui en hnit. 5 Demander de la reflexion-— il y va du . . . 6 Tenir la bride haute a . . . 7 Cela n'est pas etonnant — Courir a bride abattue. 8 Etre bien mal — un travail assidu a altere . . . 9 Faire iin pas de clerc — avoir les traits alteres. 10 Se moquer^Battre la cam- pagne. 11 Etre change. 12 Etre tres-altere. 84 PRACTICAL EXEBCISES Exercise LXXXIV. 1 I must have tliis waistcoat altered ; it does not fit me. 2 Six of us are going to Eichmond : we shall go at ten in the morning. Will you be one of us ? 3 I shall be very happy to make one. 4 We have two more places to call at. 5 I called twice at my bookseller's. 6 My friend is returned from the country; let us call on him. 7 He is making very bold, 8 Let him not venture again to speak to you in this manner. 9 His wife was so ill that he sat up with her. 10 1 cannot stay later ; for my friend is sitting up for me, and I know he does not like to keep late hours. 1 1 What news have you to tell me ? 12 Is that the first beU ? 13 You will not get a single word from that man. 14 I wish to clear that point. 1 Faire retouclier a — Ne pas aller. 2 Partir a dix heures. — Etre des notres. 3 — etre de la partie. 4 N' avoir plus que deux per- sonnes a voir. 5 Passer chez. 6 Aller voir. 7 Prendre de grandes liberies. 8 Qu'il ne lui arrive plus de . . 9 Yeiller .... 10 Attendre. — Aimer a se coucher de bonne beure. 11 — avez-vous a nous ap- prendre ? 12 — le premier coup ? 1 3 Arracber une parole de . . 14 En avoir le coeur net. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 85 Exercise LXXXY. 1 He is never at a loss ; lie finds a plaster for every sore. 2 Wliat ! still alive ! lie will live for ever. 3 Where a horse is tethered he is to graze. 4 Give a dog a bad name, and then hang him. 5 It is left to your own option. 6 It is daylight at eight o'clock in the evening. 7 Your friend makes a bustle in the world now. 8 He cannot walk any more ; his feet are blistered. 9 He can stay ; he is master of his own time. 10 Before you condemn, you must hear both sides. 11 Trust me ; I will give him as good as he brings. 12 He seems to like his business. 13 He knows nothing of the matter. 14 Her hair was dressed admirably. 1 Trouver a chaque trou une cheville. 2 Avoir Tame chevillee dans le corps. 3 Ou la chevre est attachee il faut qu'elle broute. 4 Quand on vent noyer son chien, on dit qn'il a la rage. 5 C'est a voire choix. 6 On voit clair a . . . 7 Faire bien claquer son fouet. 8 Avoir des cloches aux pieds. 9 N'etre pas sujet au coup de cloche. 10 Entendre les deux cloches. 1 1 Eiver le clou a . . . 1 2 Avoir le coeur au metier. 13 II s'y entend comme a faire un coffre. 14 Elle etait coiffee a ravir. 86 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXXXVI. 1 That poem is of no ordinary stamp. 2 That is enough to drive away customers. 3 How long will it be before he comes back ? 4 Who does not know it? It is everybody's secret. 5 I intrust you with the care of it. 6 My temper does not agree with his. 7 It does not matter, one makes up for the other. 8 I must order a suit of clothes for my servant. 9 Is he a good accountant ? 10 I make myself answerable for it. 11 Live and let live. 12 You shall answer for his behaviour. 13 1 hope you make some difference between me and those people. 14 He is quite altered ; you would not know him. 15 Everybody knows him. 16 Advisers run no risk. 17 He means no offence in all he says. 1 — marque au bon coin. 2 — cliasser les pigeons du co- lombier. 3 Dans combien de temps sera- t-il de ret our ? 4 — c'est le secret de la come- die. 5 Je commets cela a yotre soin. 6 Mon bumeur n'est pas com- patible avec . . . 7 — cela se compense. 8 — un habit complet . . . 9 Entendre bien la compta- bilite. 10 Prendre quelque chose sur son compte. 11 II faut que chacun y trouve son compte. 12 C'est a vous a repondre de . . 13 J'espere que vous ne me confondez pas avec . . . 14 — fort change— jST'etre pas reconnaissable. lo II est connu comme le loup blanc. 16 Les conseilleurs ne sont pas les payeurs. 17 Tout ce qu'il dit est sans consequence. OK rRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 87 Exercise LXXXVII, 1 We sat up writing till half-past one in tlie morning, 2 He hurt his hand ; I expected it. 3 Who are the ladies who attended her majesty? 4 Tell him that I will attend him in a minute. 5 They speak altogether to me ; I do not know which to attend to first. 6 He romances pretty welL 7 My dear child, you are very free with your money. 8 Try to make both ends meet. 9 I told you it was not safe jesting with him. 10 1 have only one question to ask him. 1 1 You cannot go back now. 12 I will do it; nothing shall prevent me. 13 Let us go no further. 14 The crowd thickens : let us get out of it. 1 Rester a . , . 2 — je ni'y attendais. 3 Accompagner . . . 4 Etre a . . . 5 Ne savoir auquel entendre. 6 Broder comme il faut. 7 — r argent ne to us eoute gueres. 8 Tacher de joindre les deux boTits. 9 Qu'il ne faisait pas bon se jouer a lui. 10 Faire nne question. 11 S'en dedire. 12 N'en pas avoir le dementi. 13 En demeurer la. 14 Grossir — S'en tirer. 88 PEACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise LXXXVIII. 1 I should not like to trouble him so often. 2 Bonnets of that shape are out of fashion. 3 She keeps entirely to herself since the death of her husband. 4 He had an income of ^Ye hundred a year. 5 If it is inconvenient to you, say so. 6 I indulge myself now and then with an ice. 7 Mr. A-^ 's brother is in a state of insanity. 8 Mothers are wrong who indulge their daughters with novels. 9 He is undone to all intents and purposes. 10 We have already played two games. 1 1 My fencing-master and his have had a match. 12 He has turned soldier. 13 You have bought your gig second hand, have you not ? 14 1 shall take care not to send you there again. 15 1 hope you do not take it amiss of me. 1 Deranger quelqu'iin. 2 N'etre plus a la mode. 3 Se derober a tons 1 gards. 4 Avoir un revenu de . . 5 Gener quelqu'un. 6 Se regaler de . . . 7 Etre en demence. 8 Permettre a des ro- 9 — mine de fond en comble. 10 Faire des parties. 11 Faire assaut. 12 Se faire soldat. 13 — de rencontre. 14 Se bien garder de . . . 15 — que vous ne m'en savez pas mauvais gre. ON FEENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 89 ExEECisE LXXXIX. 1 There were in the pit fifty persons in all, and as many in the boxes. You have got me change, but the sum is not right. You are right ; it is eighteenpence short. I tell you again, this is going too far. I excuse them because they did not know better. He knocked down the man who had laughed in his face. 7 I told him so several times. 8 I will not admit him again ; I left particular or- ders to that effect. 9 How unfortunate he is ! Everything is against him. 10 They all went and surrendered. 1 1 He seems well pleased with himself. 12 He spends his property extravagantly. 13 The rail-road is going on. 14 I see that disappoints you much. 15 Don't buy that ; it has been smuggled. 16 That man sells only smuggled goods. 1 II y avait tout en gros . . . 2 — de la monnaie — Le compte n'y est pas. 3 — il s'en faut de . . 4 — cela passe la raillerie. 5 Ne pas savoir se conduire. 6 Jeter par terre d'un coup de poing. — Eire au nez de. . . 7 — a plusieurs reprises. 8 — je I'ai consigne a ma porta. 9 — tout conspire contre lui. 10 Se constituer prisonnier. 11 Etre content de sa petite personne. 12 Consumer son bien en folie. 13 Le chemin de-fer se con- tinue. 14 Contrarier beaucoup . . . 15 — c'est entre en contre- bande. 16 — des marcbandises de con- trebande. 90 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XC. 1 That admits of no reply. 2 He had disguised his hand- writing. 3 He misconstrues everything. 4 He thinks you have been accessory to his misfortune. 5 Lavalette escaped from prison before his trial ; sen- tence of death was passed upon him all the same. 6 It is fit you should do it. 7 We had a long talk together. 8 None go worse shod than shoemakers' wives. 9 He is very much reformed in that particular. 10 They were walking abreast on the bulwark. 1 1 There was no room either in the boxes or in the pit, so I went behind the scenes. 1 2 He is a good shot ; he hits every time. 13 They beat him to death with cudgels. 14 He missed his aim twice ; how awkward. 15 The razor you lent me is very sharp. 16 That boy is very sharp. 1 — est sans contredit. 2 Contrefaire son ecriture. 3 Prendre tout a contre-sens. 4 Contribuer au malheur de . . 5 Condamner quelqu'un a mort par contumace. 6 II est convenable que . . . 7 S'entretenir long-temps en- semble. 8 Les cordonniers sent les plus mal cbausses. 9 II s'est Men corrige de cela. 10 Marcher cote a cote. 11 — loges — parterre. — Dans les coulisses. 12 II tire bien ; il ne tire pas un coup qui ne porte. 13 Tuer a coups de baton. 14 Manquer son coup. 15 — coupe bien. 16 Avoir Fesprit vif, penetrant. ON EEEIS'CH PHEASEOLOGY. 91 EXEECISE XOI. 1 It would have been wiser to have laughed the thing off. 2 We heard loud peals of laughter. 3 That gentleman has been there dancing attendance for the last two hours. 4 He must do it at his leisure. 5 You provoke me ; you hint at me. 6 The thing is of no less importance to them than the loss of their pension. 7 Have you done ? Mr. D has just sent for the book. 8 Pray move a little ; you stand in my light. 9 As for us, we consider the matter in a different light. 10 That's very much like my brother. Ill will repay him in kind. 12 We did it by dint of exertion. 13 He anticipates much pleasure from going to Paris. 14 He is at his last stake. 1 Tourner la chose en plaisan- terie. 2 — de grands eclats de rire. 3 II y a deux lieures que — croqner le marmot. 4 — lieures perdues. 5 Jeter des pierres dans le jardin de quelqu'un. 6 II ne s'agit de rien moins que de . . . 7 Faire demander . . . 8 Oter le jour a quelqu'un. 9 — sous un autre point ( vue. 10 Je reconnais la mon frere. 1 1 Eendre la pareille a . . . 12 — a force de peines. 13 Se faire une fete de . . . 14 Jouer de son reste. 92 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XCII. 1 I feel obliged to you for this attention. 2 I do not see any way to serve your friend in this matter. 3 We forced our way through the crowd. 4 He says he lives from hand to mouth. 5 You must not be so very particular. 6 He knows the news of the day. 7 It grieves me to tell you, but I must. 8 They were speaking in an ambiguous manner. 9 The weather is getting overcast. 10 I sold him my claims. 1 1 He wears a mourning hat-band. 12 I heard him scream as loud as he could. 13 He fleeces one without noise. 14 Pleasures have a sting in their tails. 15 The first attempts of that actor were not successful. 1 S avoir gre a quelqu'un d'une prevenance. 2 Ne pas voir jour a servir . . . 3 Se faire jour . . . 4 — au jour le jour. 5 II ne faut pas y regarder de si pres. 6 Etre au courant de ce qui se passe. 7 II m'en coute de . . . 8 Parler a mots converts. 9 Le temps se couvre. 10 Vendre une creance. 11 Porter un crepe a son cha- peau. 12 Crier comme un perdu. 13 Plumer la poule sans la faire crier. 14 Les plaisirs ont leur de- boire. 15 Les debuts de cet acteur n'ont pas ete beureux. ON FKENCH PHEASEOLOGY. 93 Exercise XCIII. 1 He cannot write his own name. 2 I give myself up to study. 3 I wish you would rid me of that troublesome man. 4 Those goods will sell very well. 5 I write with a bad pen for want of a better one. 6 He baffled my penetration. 7 It is so ; I don't deny it. 8 Distrust is the mother of safety. 9 We take a lunch at twelve o'clock. 10 Her whole delight is in her children. 1 1 "What a luxury ! 12 He longs to be out. 13 He has taken a wrong step. 14 Who is going to make the first step ? 15 True virtue is always the same. 16 He has put his arm out of joint. 17 1 shall soon be ahead of him. 18 I should not dislike to stay in his place. 19 He dislikes company. 1 Decliner son nom. 2 Se dedier a . . . 3 Defaire quelqu'un d'un im- portun. 4 — sont de defaite. 5 — au defaut d'line meil- leure. 6 Mettre en defaut la pene- tration de . . . 7 — je ne m'en defends pas. 8 La defiance est mere de surete. 9 Faire un second dejeune. 10 Ses enfants font toutes ser delices. 1 1 Quel delice ! 12 Les pieds lui demangent. 13 Faire une fausse demarche. 14 Faire les premieres de- marches. 15 La veritable vertu ne se dement point. 16 Se demettre le bras. 17 Depasser quelqu'un. 18 Je ne me deplairais pas ici. 19 Se deplaire en . . . 94 PRACTICAL EXEECISES Exercise XCIV. 1 He took me unawares. 2 He does not put himself out of the way for any one. 3 At these words his countenance brightened up. 4 It is an affair of the utmost importance. 5 I saw him these few days past. 6 I was fortunate enough to conceal it from them. ^ 7 That work is perfect. 8 He satisfies us fully. 9 I am above minding what people say. 10 He did all he could to set the members of that family at variance. 1 1 The ribbon of your bonnet is coming off. 12 For whom is he in mourning ? 13 It is pretty generally known. 14 There has been a small difference between them. 15 That man is for ever starting objections. 1 6 That is like him ; he does things handsomely. 1 Prendre quelqu'un an de- pourvu. 2 Ne se deranger pour . . . 3 Se derider le front. 4 — de la derniere importance. 5 — ces jours derniers. 6 Derober quelque chose a la connaissance de quelqu'un. 7 II n'y a rien a desirer dans cet ouvrage. 8 Ne laisser rien a desirer a . . . 9 Se mettre au dessus du qu'en dira-t-on. 10 Mettre la desunion dans une famille. 11 Se detacher. 12 De qui est-il en deuil ? 13 II ne faut pas aller au devin pour en etre instruit. 14 Avoir quelques difficultes ensemble. 15 Etre le pere des difficultes. 16 Cela est digne de lui. — Faire les choses digne- ment. OIT FUEISTCH PHEASEOLOQY. 95 EXEECISE XCV. 1 What a stranger you are ! We have not seen you these three weeks. 2 You find fault with everything. 3 Many women in France knit for their living. 4 I have heard that the Bishop of L has con- ferred a living on you ; I congratulate you. 5 He loathes to do it. 6 You have been very long coming ; I had almost given you up. 7 English ladies dress with more taste now, than they did twenty years ago. 8 For all that, he still enjoys a moderate income. 9 They have given all their lodgers notice to quit, because of their keeping late hours. 1 Do not you see that they disguise their design ? 11 He will soon be at his wit's end. 12 Begin, you are to play. 13 Call for a wafer. 14 There is no remedy for it. 1 Devenir rare . . . 2 Trouver a redire a tout. 3 Gagner sa vie a tricoter. 4 Conferer uii benefice . . . 5 Avoir de la repugnance a faire nne chose. 6 Tarder a venir. — Ne plus attendre quelqu'un. 7 Se mettre . . . 8 N'en jouir pas moins d'une fortune honnete. 9 Donner conge — locataire — Se retirer a une heure indue. 10 Couvrir son jeu. 11 II sera bientot au bout de son latin. 12 — c'est a vous a jouer. 13 Demander un pain a ca- cbeter. 14 II n'y a point d' autre res- source. 96 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XCVI. 1 You don't look well to-day. 2 Nothing is the matter with me. 3 They look very strange upon one another ; don't you think so ? 4 He promised to do it on my occount. 5 The king is to be there : that's another reason why we should go. 6 I shall bring them to their senses, and keep them to their duty. 7 Tou want relaxation. 8 The least thing takes off his attention. 9 He has given his enemies an advantage. 10 You will never have a fairer opportunity. 1 1 Her father gave her five thousand pounds for her portion. 12 He physics himself too much, 13 You will have to pay duty at the Custom-house for this. 14 Everything is taxed. 1 N' avoir pas bon visage. 2 Je n'ai rien. 3 Se faire une drole de mine. 4 — par rapport a moi. 5 — raison de plus pour. 6 Mettre a la raison. — Faire marcher droit. 7 II vous faut de la dissipation. 8 — le distrait. 9 Donner prise sur soi . . . 10 Vous ne I'aurez jamais plus belle. 11 Son pere I'a dotee de . . . 12 Faire de son corps une bou- tique d'apothicaire. 13 Payer les droits de la dou- ane. 14 II y a des droits sur tout. O:^ FREIS'GH PHEASEOLOGY. 97 EXEBCISE XCVII. 1 That happened in his father's time. 2 They wanted to impose on me. 3 Soldiers often lie upon the bare ground. 4 Show us a sample of your skill. 6 He unguardedly said that. 6 I will pay the bill when it becomes due. 7 The first instalment falls due at Midsummer. 8 His uncle's property has devolved upon him. 9 I defeated his scheme. 10 He shot by like an arrow. 11 It was then that he became outrageous. 12 He took a circuitous road; that made him late, 13 She is a saucy little girl. 14 We must cheer up a little. 15 They made merry at your expense. 16 1 could not pass ; a cart obstructed the way. 17 That street is always encumbered. 1 — du vivant de . . . 2 Voiiloir prendre qiielqu'un pour dupe. 3 Coucher sur la dure. 4 Montrer un ediantillon de son savoir-faire. 5 II lui est ecliappe de . . . 6 Payer un billet a I'echeance. 7 Le premier terme echoit a la St. Jean. 8 — lui est echu. 9 Faire echouer un projet. 10 Passer comme un eclair. 11 — qu'il eclata. 12 Prendre le chemin des eco- liers. 13 — une petite efirontee. 14 S'egayer. 15 S'egayer aux depens de . . . 16 Embarrasser le chemin. 17 II y a toujours de I'emb ar- ras dans . . . 98 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise XOVIII. 1 He becomes stout. 2 His blood is soon up. 3 I do not oppose it. 4 He strikes borne. 5 He bas a very awkward look. 6 He always comes up to me witb a smile. 7 I am sorry to bear be associates witb low people. 8 He surpasses bis brotber in avarice. 9 It will be given to tbe bigbest bidder, 1 I am in a sad dilemma. Ill wrote to bim in strong terms. L2 He bas put on bis best clotbes to go and see tbem. 13 He bas wbeedled bim witb fair speecbes. 14 He is not one wbo will neglect bis affairs. 15 I bave got a cold in my bead. 16 1 am in tbe same predicament. 17 Does it follow tbat you are in tbe rigbt? 1 Prendre de T embonpoint. 2 Sa bile est aisee a emonvoir. 3 ]^e pas mettre d'empecbe- ment a . . . 4 Emporter la piece. 5 Avoir I'air bien emprunte. 6 Aborder qnelqu'nn en riant. 7 S'encanailler. 8 Encberir snr . . . 9 Adjuger au plus offrant et dernier encberisseur. 10 Etre entre I'enclume et le martean. 11 Ecrire a qnelqu'un de la bonne encre. 12 S'endimancber. 13 Endormir quelqu'un de belles paroles. 14 — un bomme qui ne s'en- dort pas. 15 Etre enrbume du cerveau. 16 Etre loge a la meme en- seigne. 17 S'ensuivre . . . ON PRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 99 Exercise XOIX. 1 Do as you think fit. 2 I do not intend tliat lie should be sent away. 3 That's understood, of course. 4 He does not understand that at all. 5 He will outlive us all. 6 She has a motherly affection for that child. 7 They find their own clothes. 8 His affairs don't prosper. 9 I have put him out of conceit with it. 1 I will indulge myself with it. 11 Has he saved money ? 12 I have got over a great difiiculty, 13 1 put myself quite out of breath by coming upstairs . 14 1 fell down quite stunned with the blow I received. 15 You have lost your money thereby. 16 She told me it was the first thing she had sold that day. Faites comme vous Tenten- dez. Je n'entends pas qu'on le renvoye. Cela s'entend. II s'entend a cela comme a ramer des choux. Enterrer. — des entrailles de mere . . . S'entretenir d'habits. 8 — vont a I'envers. 9 Faire passer une envie a quelqu'un. 10 — m'en passerai 1' envie. 11 Faire des epargnes. 12 Se tirer une epine du pied. 13 S'essouffler a monter. 14 Tomber tout etourdi d'un coup. 15 En etre pour son argent. 16 — son etrenne dece jourla. H 2 100 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise C. 1 An English merchant favoured his escape. 2 I started from my sleep. 3 Cork the bottle, else the wine will get flat- 4 At last he became persuaded. 5 He seems to be cut out for it. 6 He waited resolutely. 7 It is going from bad to worse. 8 I did not hesitate. 9 She is growing young again. 10 He was uncomfortable ; the wind was cutting his face. 1 1 Examine your pocket. 12 One rascal calls the other rogue. 13 1 tell you so in plain terms. 14 He gives himself all manner of genteel airs. 1 5 He referred it to the spectators. 1 6 One scabbed sheep will mar a whole flock. 1 Faire evader quelqu'un. 2 S'eveiller en sursaut. 3 Boucher une bouteille — s'eventer. 4 Se rendre a 1' evidence. 5 II semble fait expres pour cela. 6 Attendre de pied ferme. 7 Tomber de fievre en chaud mal. 8 N'en pas faire a deux fois. 9 Elle a ete a la fontaine de Jouvence.* 10 Etre mal a son aise — Fou- etter dans le visage. 11 Fouiller dans . . . 12 La pele se moque du four- gon. 13 — en bon Franc^ais. 14 Faire le fringant. 15 S'en rapporter a la galerie. 16 II ne faut qu'une brebis ga- leuse pour gater . . . * The water of which was believed to possess a regenerating power. ON FEEXCH PHKASEOLOGY. 101 Exercise CI, 1 Take it away; it is of no consequence. 2 U]oon the whole, I am not sorry that the affair is off. 3 He has used every means to attain his end. 4 He was a father to me. 5 I plainly perceived what they aimed at. 6 We have known her a great while. 7 It is not our fault if the affair goes on so heavily. 8 This young gentleman behaves very well ; I am quite satisfied with him. 9 It is what we care very little about. 10 I dined out the day before yesterday. 11 My horse is lame ; I must get rid of him. 12 1 dismissed him without explaining my reasons. 13 Fear not, I know they are prejudiced in your favour. 1 — il n'importe. 8 N'avoir qu'h se louer de 2 Tout bien considere — ait quelqu'un. manque. 9 C'est sur quoi nous nousin- 3 Mettre tout en usage ... I quietons fort peu. 4 Tenir lieu de pere. I 10 Diner en ville. 5 Voir venir quelqu'un de loin. | 11 — boiteux — m'en defasse. 6 — de longue main. 12 — sans forme de proces. 7 — tire en longueur. i 13 — prevenu ... 102 practical exercises Exercise CII. 1 I heard that you were to have come to see me ; I anticipated you. 2 I often take a nap after dinner. 3 We draw near to Michaelmas. 4 He is not near so learned as his brother. 5 She deprives herself of everything. 6 Let us make a virtue of necessity. 7 I saw you a little nettled at his leaving you in the lurch. 8 He is a downright honest man. 9 At last, he has met with his match. 10 I have killed two birds with one stone. 11 I must dismiss my groom; he is a great tippler. 12 Do not let him contract an ill habit. 13 Do like me ; lay up for a rainy day. 14 I bought those books at an exorbitant price. 1 Prevenir quelqu'un. 2 Faire uii somme. 3 Toucher a. 4 N'etrepas abeaucouppres . . 5 Se priver de tout. 6 Faire de necessite vertu. 7 Etre pique d'etre plante la. 8 Etre une bonne pate d'homme. 9 Trouver ckaussure a son pied. 10 Faire d'une pierre deux coups. 11 Etre un piKer de cabaret. 12 Prendre un mauvais pH. 13 Garder une poire pour la soif. 14 — au poids de Tor. 01^ FUENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 103 EXEECISE cm. 1 He has no courage ; or, he is faint-hearted. 2 I can only lay the blame upon myself. 3 It is evident that the Duke of Enghien was con- demned beforehand. 4 You did not rise early this morning. No, I slept till very late. 5 Unless you become more economical, you will never be rich. 6 He is indefatigable in serving his friends. 7 Have you recovered the money you had lost ? 8 There is no going back. 9 I will make him alter his course. 10 He is not such a fool as to go thither. 1 1 Abstain from laughing by all means. 12 Heaven forbid ! 1 3 If you are not better to-morrow, I will send for a nurse. 14 He is very well off for money. 15 All his teeth are decaying. 16 What a pity that child has bad teeth. 1 Etre une poule mouillee. 2 Ne pouYoir s'en prendre qu'a soi-meme. 3 — que le proces du due d'EngHen etait tout fait. 4 Dormir la grasse matinee. 5 Devenir menage. 6 Se mettre en quatre pour . . . 7 So racquitter. 8 N'y avoir pas moyen de re- culer. 9 Faire changer quelqu'un de gamme. 10 II n' a garde d'y aller. 11 Se bien garder de rire. 12 Dieu m'en, t'en, Ten, nous en, vous en, les en, garde. 13 Garde-malade. 14 Avoir la bourse bien garnie. 15 Toutes ses dents se gatent 16 Avoir les dents gatees. 104 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CIY. 1 They live now in high, style. 2 It is not in his line. 3 The subject is not exhausted. 4 He glories in it. 5 Nothing can be said against her conduct. 6 He removed the difficulty by a bold measure. 7 He laughed with all his might. 8 He is nimble-fingered. 9 Will you be the better for it ? 10 He is much pitted with the small-pox. 1 1 He lives upon them. 12 I have undertaken a work that requires much time. 13 It is only to keep him in exercise. 14 I am in the right cue to-day. 15 I ran myself out of breath to overtake him. 1 6 My father also is an old soldier. 17 It will be a mere chance if he get over it. 1 Vivre dans le grand genre. 2 Ce n'est pas dans son genre. 3 II y a encore de quci glaner. 4 II s'en fait gloire. 5 II n'y a point a glosser sur . . 6 Trancher le noeud Gordien. 7 — a gorge deployee. 8 N' avoir pas les mains gourdes. 9 En serez-vous plus gras ? 10 Avoir le visage bien grele. 11 Gruger quelqu'un. 12 — de longue haleine. 13 Tenir quelqu'un en haleine. 14 Etre en haleine. 15 Courir a perte d'haleine. 16 — a blanchi sous le har- nais. 17 Ce sera un grand hasard s'il en rechappe. ON FREIS^CH PHRASEOLOGY. 105 EXEECISE CV. 1 Enougli, sir ; don't stand arguing with me. 2 He will not bate an inch of it. 3 He sets a great value upon himself now. 4 I give it up. 5 I must try him first. 6 I have more than once tried his friendship. 7 I am in earnest. 8 Your brother is not come back, is he ? 9 I set about it very awkwardly. 10 He will not run into the snare. Ill cannot keep pace with you. 12 When he came in he was panting for breath. 13 Who acted the principal part in that play? 14 I am very particular in the choice of my friends. 1 Ne pas faire le raisonneur. 2 Wen rien relacher. 3 Faire le rencheri. 4 Se rendre. 5 Mettre quelqu'im a I'e- preuye. 6 Mettre Tamitie de quel- qu'un a I'epreuve. 7 Ne pas se moqiier. 8 Est-ce que yotre frere est de retoiir ? 9 S'y prendre gaiicliement. 10 Ne pas donner dans le panneau. 11 Tenir pied a quelqu'im. 12 Haleter. 13 Eemplir le principal role. 14 Etre difficile dans . . . 106 PEACTICAL EXEECISES Exercise 0VI« 1 The party is broken up. 2 It is the same thing. 3 He fell down dead in the street. 4 He shams lameness. 5 I am going immediately. 6 You grieve me exceedingly. 7 They have three rooms on the same floor. 8 He prides himself on his nobility. 9 He speculates for a rise in the French stocks ; but they are falling. 10 She has one shoulder higher than the other. 1 1 He complained loudly, but nobody listened to him. 12 There are ups and downs in life. 13 1 sat at the head of the table. 14 You talk big, sir. 15 He fell full length upon the floor. 16 1 shall make him alter his tone. 1 La partie est manquee. 2 Cela revient au meme. 3 Tomber raide mort. 4 Feindre d'etre boiteux. 5 J'y vais de ce pas. 6 Navrer quelqu'iin de dou- leur. 7 — de plein pied. 8 Se piquer de noblesse. 9 Jouer a la hausse— Baisser. 10 Avoir ime epaule qui hausse. 1 1 Jeter les hauts cris, 12 II y a du haut et du bas dans la vie. 13 — au baut de la table. 1 4 Le prendre bien haute. 15 Tomber de sa hauteur. 16 — bien de chanter. ON FBEIS-CH PHUASEOLOGY. 107 Exercise CVII. 1 I had to put tlie clock back ; now I must set it forward. 2 He has appointed to meet me to-morrow. 3 It is too early to dine. 4 There is the rub. 5 One precedent is no law. 6 How ceremonious you are ! Sit down and take your dinner with us. 7 Hq made me an apology. 8 Respect must be paid to every one according to his rank. 9 Evil be to him that evil thinks. 10 He is in the highway to ruin. Ill abominate that. 12 She has a frightful head-dress. 13 1 have heard shocking things of them. 14 It is extravagantly dear. 15 Do not walk off the pavement. 16 He comes out clear ; I am glad of it. 17 Where shall I set you down? 1 Retarde I'Leure — I'avancer. 2 Dormer lieure a quelqu'un. 3 — de trop bonne heure pour diner. 4 Yoila le liic. 6 Una hirondelle ne fait pas le printemps. 6 Yoila bien des histoires ! 7 Faire a quelqu'un reparation d'honneur, otc des ex- cuses. 8 A tout seigneur, tout bonneur. 9 Honi soit qui mal y pense. 10 Prendre le cbemin de I'bo- pital. 11 Avoir quelque cbose en borreur. 12 Eire coiffee a faire borreur. 13 Entendre dire des borreurs de quelqu'un. 14 — bors de prix. 15 — bors du trottoir. 16 Etre bors d' affaire. 17 Descendre quelqu'un. 108 PEACTICAL EXEECISES Exercise CVIII. 1 As soon as lie appeared, the people hooted him unmercifully. 2 Don't say anything, you irritate them still more. 3 There is a mortgage upon that land. 4 He is scrupulously exact. 5 I will pay you at or before Michaelmas. 6 They charge him with that crime, but I don't think him guilty of it. • 7 Several died for want of food. 8 They want discretion. 9 He is expected every moment. 10 Let us not meddle in our neighbour's affairs. 11 He took upon himself to advise me. 12 He behaved in an ungrateful manner to me. 13 1 went and relieved him from uneasiness. 14 I maintain that it is not true. 1 5 Has he entered one of the inns of court ? 1 Faire de grandes huees. 2 Jeter de Thuile sur le feu. 3 II y a hypotheque . . . 4 Mettre les points sur les i. 5 ~ d'ici a . . . 6 Imputer un crime a quel- qu'un. 7 Mourir d' inanition. 8 Ce sont des indiscrete. 9 On r attend incessamment. 10 Ne pas s'ingerer dans les affaires d'autrui. 11 S'ingerer de donner des avis. 12 Payer quelqu'un d' ingrati- tude. 13 Tirer quelqu'un d' inquie- tude. 14 Je m'inscris en faux contre cela. 15 Prendre des inscriptions en droit. ON FRENCH PHEASEOLOGY. 109 Exercise CIX. 1 Eecollect we go halves. 2 I don't know whom I am to lay it to. 3 I hear a knock ; I will get off. 4 There is a door that opens into the street. 5 Such outrage upon the laws raised an universal outcry against the minister. 6 There is a stain, but it does not show. 7 The house overlooks all the country. 8 I cannot play with you ; you play too well for me. 9 We keep a good pace. 1 His looks speak in his favour ; but I do not like his temper. 1 1 We have dipt his wings. 12 Poor woman! she pines away with grief. 13 My strength is exhausted. 14 Come, you must make allowances for a foreigner. 15 Gather thistles, expect prickles. 1 Etre de moitie. 9 Aller bon train. 2 Ne savoir a qui s'en pren- 10 Avoir une physionomie dre. revenante — mais, son hu- 3 Se saiiver. meur ne me revient pas. 4 Donner sur . . . 11 Eogner les ongles a quel- 5 Un tel attentat contra — qu'un. excita nne clameur . . . 12 Secher sur pied. 6 — il n'y parait pas. 13 N' en pou voir plus. 7 — doniine sur . , . 14 Passer quelque chose a un 8 Etre trop fort pour quel- etranger. qu'un. 15 Qui s'y frotte s'y pique. 110 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CX. 1 Just come and speak to me. 2 I will not speak to him ; lie is a low fellow. 3 He does not pretend to be so clever as you. 4 Then they began to pelt him with stones. 5 She is all perfection. 6 He has rather an agreeable person. 7 We take it upon ourselves to make him sign the deed. 8 He wanted me to pay compound interest. 9 It is perfect ; not a jot is wanting to it. 1 We travelled by small stages. 1 1 They played till very late in the night. 12 Let the world go as it will. 13 There is pick and choose. 14 I remember some scraps of his speech. 15 He begins to frequent fashionable company. 1 Venez tm pen que je vous parle. 2 — un pied plat. 3 Ne pas se piquer de . . . 4 Jeter des pierres a quel- qu'un. 5 C'est la perfection meme. 6 Etre assez bien fait de sa personiie. 7 Se faire fort de faire signer qnelqu'un. 8 Payer I'interet de I'interet. 9 II n'y manque pas un iota. 10 — a petites journees. 11 — jusque bien avant dans la nuit. 12 Laisser le monde comme il est. 13 II y a a prendre et a laisser. 14 J'ai retenu quelques lam- beaux de sa harangue, 15 Se lancer dans le monde. OK FBENCH PHRASEOLOGY. Ill Exercise CXI. 1 What are his terms per lesson ? 2 I have the same engraving ; but mine is a proof — this is not. 3 He translated that, word for word. 4 He is as weak as water. 5 He suffers himself to be governed. 6 Grood entertainment for man and horse. 7 He refused the proposal with scorn. 8 Tou shall not go long unpunished. 9 That is a proof of the march of intellect. 10 It is the privilege of travellers to tell stories. 1 1 Everything must be ready to his hand. 12 He should be sent to Bedlam. 13 She intends to set us together by the ears. 1 4 I see you are not upon ill terms with them. 15 That is clever enough. 1 Combien prend-il . . . ? 2 — avant la lettre. 3 Eendre a la lettre . . . 4 N' avoir non plus de force qu'un linge mouille. 5 Se laisser raener a la lisiere. 6 Bon logis a pied et a cheval. 7 Eenvoyer de bien loin. 8 Yous ne le porterez pas bien loin. 9 — progres des lumieres. 10 A beau mentir qui vient de loin. 11 II faut tout lui macber. 12 On devrait le mettre aux petites maisons. 13 EUe vent nous mettre mal ensemble. 14 ^'etre pas mal avec quel- qn'nn. 15 — n'est pas maladroit. 112 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXII. 1 They were in a violent passion with, each other. 2 Might overcomes right. 3 Yon pnt me ont. 4 His brother, the merchant, has failed. 5 I was very near falling. 6 Let him laugh that wins. 7 You will get nothing by it. 8 He is always haggling. 9 I took the children last night to a puppet-show. 10 I sleep very soundly. 1 1 He no longer keeps a table. 12 That made him jealous. 13 It is dangerous walking in frosty weather. 14 We must turn the tables. 15 He is a merry mortal. 16 He has falsified the proverb. 17 He promised us mountains of gold. 1 Se manger le Wane des yeux. 2 Les gros poissons mangent les petits. 3 Yous me faites manquer. 4 — a manque. 5 Manquer de tomber. 6 Marchand qui perd ne pent rire. 7 Yous n'en serez pas bon marcband. 8 Marcbander sou a sou. 9 — aux marionnettes. 10 — comme une marmotte. 11 Sa marmite est renversee cbez lui. 12 Cela lui a mis martel en tete. 13 II fait mauvais marcber dans un temps de glace. 14 Yoir le revers de la me- daille. 15 II n'engendre point de me- lancolie. 16 II a fait mentir le proverbe. 17 — monts et merveilles. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 113 Exercise CXIII. 1 "We see a great deal of company. 2 We are much indebted to you. Don't mention it. 3 Can it be the same man ? 4 He was true to bis oath. 5 What occasion is there for your going there ? 6 I like it of all things. 7 I have only run this book over. 8 I doubt whether you could outrun him. 9 His wife outshone all the other ladies. 10 Wait till the shower is over. 11 He is much altered, and has put an end to his extravagance. 12 1 saw him laugh in his sleeve. 13 He is a cunning old fox. 14 You omitted at least three pages. 15 1 can do very well without him, or it. 1 — beauconp de monde. 2 Devoir a quelqu'un. — Se moquer. 3 Se peut-il que ce soit . . . 4 Tenir son serment. 5 Qu'est-il besoin que . . . 6 C'est ce que j'aime plus que toute autre chose. 7 Ne faire que parcourir . . . 8 Devancer quelqu'un a la course, 9 Eclipser, or, Effacer . . . 10 Laisser passer I'ondee. 11 Etre revenu de ses folies. 12 Eire sous cape. 13 C'est un vieux routier. 14 Sauter des pages. 15 Se passer de quelqu'un, or, de quelque chose. 114 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXIV. 1 Let them come, I will not stir. 2 Why did he give it a kick ? • 3 A feeling of piety pervades the whole of the work. 4 Ton like to raise phantoms in your imagination. 5 When every one minds his own business, affairs go on well. 6 Who persuaded you to that ? 7 I hope he did not bring my name into question. 8 He has been nonsuited. 9 She has got a fine set of teeth. 10 He is quite covered with bruises. 1 1 That disease wastes him away. 12 I know that he prejudiced your mind. 1 3 Bray a fool in a mortar, he will never be the wiser. 14 I am extremely melancholy. 15 He strikes like a porter. 1 Attendre quelqu'un de pied ferme. 2 Donner des coups de pied . . . 3 — est repandu dans . . . 4 Se creer des fantomes. 5 Quand chacun se mele de son metier, les yaclies sont Men gardees. 6 Mettre une chose en tete a quelqu'un. 7 Ne pas mettre quelqu'un en jeu. 8 Etre mis hors de cour. 9 Avoir la bouche bien meu- blee. 10 Etre tout meurtri de coups. 11 Cette maladie le mine. 12 Mouter la tete a quelqu'un. 13 A layer la tete d'un More, on y perd sa lessive. 14 S'ennuyer a la mort. 15 N'y pas aller de main morte. ON PEEKCH PHBASEOLOGY. 115 EXEHCISE CXV. 1 How badly tliis is written ; what a scrawl ! 2 That is not done in a trice. 3 The lamp is almost out. 4 It is anger that moved him to act so. 5 I stood sjDeechless with amazement. 6 Hush I little pitchers have long ears. 7 He that will not when he may, when he will he shall have nay. 8 He is always lucky. 9 That man never grants a rec^uest. 10 I am fi-ee from guilt. 11 If he come again, shut the door in his face. 12 He likes to play the simpleton.^ 13 He speaks boldly. 14 Let us play at odd or even. 1 Quels pieds de mouclie ! j 8 Etre ne coiffe. 2 Cela ne se jette pas en moule. ■ 9 Etre fort snr la negative. 3 — se menrt. 10 Avoir la conscience nette. 4 C est la colere qui I'a niu a 11 Fermer la porte au nez de en user de la sorte. ; quelqu'un. 5 Demeurer muet d'etonne- ment. 6 — les mui^ailles ont des oreilles. I 14 Jouer a pair ou non, 7 Qui refuse, muse. ! 12 Contrefaire le niais. 13 Xommer les choses par leur nom. * Applied to a ladv, we say elk /ait V Agnes. 116 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXVI. 1 You always give me an evasive answer. 2 Take counsel witli your pillow. 3 He came home with a black eye. 4 The foolish man thinks you will do it for his sake. 5 An artist is known by his performance. 6 You served him an ill turn. 7 Little strokes fell great oaks. 8 He is in a wavering condition. 9 The miser would skin a flint. 1 I had notice of it. 1 1 They are mere loose reports. 12 He made them pay to the uttermost farthing. 13 It is quite useless. 14 I am exhausted. 15 1 defeated the scheme. 16 We spent many happy days at his country-house. 17 Let me consider. 1 Eepondre en ISTormand. 2 La nuit porte conseil. 3 — un ceil poclie. 4 — pour ses beaux yeux. 5 A Toeuvre on connait Tou- Yrier. 6 Eendre de mauvais offices a quelqu'un. 7 Petit a petit I'oiseau fait son nid. 8 Etre comma I'oiseau sur la branche. 9 — tondrait un oeuf. 10 On m' en a averti. 11 Ce sont des on dits. 12 — rubis sur I'ongle. 13 C'est de I'onguent miton- mitairie. 14 Etre sur les dents. 15 J'y ai misbon ordre. 16 Des jours files d'or et de sole. 17 Donnez-moi le temps de m'orienter. 0]S" FRENCH PHIIASEOLOGY. 117 Exercise CXYII. 1 He is a man of some resolution. 2 This little girl is tlie very picture of her mother. 3 They are gone out for amusement. 4 He beti^ayed me under pretence of fLiendship. 5 I am imposed upon. 6 I cannot bear to hear him drawl Ids words as he always does. 7 Are you fixed upon that ? 8 EverytHng prospers with me more and more. 9 He will suffer capital punishment for liis crime. 10 1 must erase this word. 1 1 Did he receive you cheerfully ? 12 It is a firm resolution. 13 It is a great restraint upon me. 14 Sh.e revived at this news. 15 Saving his rights. 16 By your leave, I will sit here. 1 Avoir de la tete. 2 Etre la copie meme de . . . 3 Aller s'amuser. 4 Trahir sous un faux semblant d'amitie. 5 J' en tiens. 6 Trainer ses paroles. 7 S'en tenir la. 8 Tout me reussit de mieux en mieux. 9 Subir la peine capitale. 10 Effacer un mot. 11 Faire bon visage a quel- qu'un. 12 — parti pris. 13 Cela me gene beaucoup. 1-i Cette nouvelle lui rendit la vie. 15 Sans prejudice de . . . 16 Xe vous en deplaise, je . . , 118 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXVIII. 1 This is the very kind of house I wish to have. 2 We were going full speed, 3 As to his promises, they are not to be depended on. 4 Expect the like. 5 He spoke to me as if nothing had been the matter. 6 Be silent, until you get out of the scrape. 7 There is no depending upon him. 8 The priest christens his own child first. 9 Let us draw cuts. 1 I fell out with him. 11 They are both cast in the same mould. 12 1 sent him about his business. 13 There are no marks on it. 14 I surveyed all the spectators, but did not see him. 1 Yoila justement comment je voudrais une maison. 2 — comme le vent. 3 — autant en emporte le vent. 4 S'attendre a la pareille. 5 — comme si de rien n'eut ete. 6 — retirer son epingle du jeu. 7 Attendez-le sous I'orme. 8 Est bien fon qui s'oublie. 9 Tirer la coiirte paiUe. 10 Rompre la paille, or, se mettre mal avec quel- qu'un. 11 Les deux font la paire. 12 Envoyer paitre quelqu'un. 13 11 n'y parait pas. 14 Parcourir des yeux une assemblee. ON FBENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 119 EXEBCISE CXIX. 1 We talked of indifferent things. 2 He has a very fine prospect. 3 Let it be so for this time only. 4 They are angry, but that will blow over. 5 He has the name of a rogue. 6 Whilst I am about it. 7 He always takes the wall. 8 I yielded to him. 9 He is a bad paymaster. 10 He is nothing but skin and bone. 11 You are much afraid of being hurt. 12 I will retaliate. 13 He has an impediment in his speech. 14 I am very uneasy about it. 15 There wants another picture to match this. 1 6 His lawsuit is at a stand. 1 — de la pluie et du beau 10 Avoir la peau coUee sur temps. les OS. 2 Etre en fort belle passe. 11 Avoir bien peur de sa 3 Passe pour cette fois-ci. peau. 4 — cela se passera. 12 Infliger a quelqu'un la peine 5 Passer pour un coquin. du talion. 6 Tandis que j'ai la main a la 13 Avoir de la peine a parler. pate. 14 J' en suis fort en peine. 7 Prendre le baut du pave. 15 11 faut un pendant a . . . 8 Baisser le pavilion devant 16 Son proces est pendu au quelqu'un. croc. 9 C'est une mauvaise paye. 120 i^4 O PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXX. 1 I sometimes feel the inspiration of poetry. 2 He fought bravely. 3 I sat up all night. 4 He was armed from head to foot, or, cap-a-pie. 5 He is still sound in wind and limb. 6 I have taken a resolution to pay no more visits. 7 You always suppose the worst. 8 He beat the poor child unmercifully. 9 You must determine some way or other. 10 That work is not adapted to every capacity. 1 1 He wore a plain suit of clothes. 12 He is quite tiresome to me. 13 All his shots did execution. 14 He behaved like a madman. 15 You are quite master of that language. 16 That is all he could find. 1 Boire des eaux du Permesse. 2 Payer de sa personne. 3 Etre sur pied toute la nuit. 4 — de pied en cap. 5 Avoir bon pied bon oeil. 6 Se mettre sur le pied de . . . 7 Prendre les choses au pis. 8 Battre quelqu'nn comme platre. «/9 II faut qu'nne porte soit OTiverte ou fermee. * 10 — a la portee de tout le monde. 11 — un babit tout uni. 12 Je le porte sur les epaules. 13 Tous ses coups ont porte. 14 Se demener comme im pos- sede. 15 Posseder bien une langue. 16 II ne trouva que cela pour tout potage. ♦ This phrase origfinates in the play of Le Grondeur ; the man scolds his servant for not leaving the door open ; the latter reminds him that he had scolded him the day before for not shutting it- . . . Did he wish it shut ? No. Did he wish it open? No. Why, says the man, you must choose; a door must he either shut or open. ON FRES-CH PHRASEOLOGY. 121 Exercise CXXI. 1 We have it fi^om good authority. 2 So tremendous was the shock, that their lances were shivered to pieces. 3 She will cause herself to be pointed at. 4 His stomach is out of order. 5 The conversation turned upon your quarrel with him. 6 Everybody lays the blame upon him. 7 "We all hope you will make it up ere long. 8 This does not decide the difficulty, 9 It has become a proverb. 10 It answered several pm-poses. 1 1 What ! you put up with such an insult ! 12 We all know it by experience. 13 I am always on my guard with them. 14 That glass of wine has set me quite to rights. 1 Tenir quelque chose de bonne part. 2 — Yolerent en eclats. 3 Se faire montrer au doigt. 4 AYoir Testomac derange. 5 — Tint a tomber snr . . . 6 Donner tort a qnelqn'un. 7 Se reconcilier avec qnel- qn'un. 8 Trancher una difficulte. 9 Passer en proverbe. 10 Servir a phisienrs usages. 11 Sonffirir une telle Lnsnlte. 12 S avoir ce qn'en vaut I'anne. 13 Eti'e snr le qui vive avec quelqu'nn. 14 — ni'a tout- a -fait remis. 122 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXXII. 1 My ears still ring witk tliat noise. 2 You will tell it me on the road. 3 That poor man raves. 4 For some time past, he looks coolly on you. 5 He is at his tricks again. 6 I made him submit. 7 He dazzles everybody. 8 It made my blood curdle. 9 He is very much afraid. 10 He said that to his face. 1 1 They all shouted for joy. 12 You cannot do better than go by him. 13 Look how he goes about it. 14 His money must be nearly gone, 15 1 am nearly concerned in it. 16 True friendship is never so strict. 17 There is no occasion to hurry. 1 Ce bruit me retentit encore aux oreilles. 2 — chemin fesant. 3 Battre la campagne. 4 Battre froid a quelqu'un. 5 II va encore faire des siennes. 6 Faire mettre les ponces a qnelqu'un. 7 Jeter de la pondre aux yeux a tout le monde. 8 Faire venir la chair de poule. 9 Le pouls lui bat. 10 — a brule pourpoint. 11 Pousser des cris de joie. 12 Prendre exemple sur une personne. 13 — il s'y prend. 14 Etre pres de ses pieces. 15 Cela me toucbe de pres. 16 L'amitie n'y regarde pas de si pres. 17 Cela n'est pas presse. OIS^ FRENCH PHBASEOLOGY. 123 Exercise CXXIII. 1 He is very unassuming ; is lie not ? 2 He is not given to lend. 3 It is so mucli saved out of the fire. 4 They Tvere fighting when we arrived. 5 She is fond of spreading calumnious tales concern- ing her neighbours. 6 Her husband also speaks ill of everybody. 7 The kingdom of France never devolves to females. 8 People of the same profession support one another. 9 I shall not be caught so again. 10 I thought better of it since yesterday, 1 1 The least thing discourages him. 12 One must wait for a better opportunity. 13 Does he object to lend it you? 14 A cat may look at a king. 1 Un homme sans pretention. 2 La fourmi n'est pas pre- tense.* 3 C'est antant de pris sur I'ennemi. 4 Etre anx prises. 5 Faire des qnanquans, or, can- cans, sur ses voisuis. 6 Medire du tiers et du quart. 7 — ne tombe point en que- nouiUes. 8 Un barbier rase I'antre. 9 Bien fin qui m'y rattra- pera. 10 Je me suis ravise. 11 II se rebute pour . . . 12 II faut reciiler pour mieux sauter. 13 Se refuser a . . . 14 Un cbien regarde bien un eveque. A line from La Fontaine's fable of La Cigale et la Fourmi. 124 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXXIV. 1 I allow myself a little rest. 2 He complains that you imposed upon liim by false statements. 3 He djd so much, that he thrust himself into our notice. 4 Who beats ? neither ; it is a drawn game. 5 There is no guarding against calummy. 6 That man is very hard-hearted. 7 He never acknowledges himself in the wrong. 8 The mother was against the match. 9 I cannot bear that man. 10 All my wishes are now for solitude, 1 1 One good turn deserves another. 12 Tuck up your frock, my child, before you cross over. 13 The whole amounts to one hundred pounds ; I' am astonished at it. 14 The book is out of print. 1 Prendre un pen de relache. 2 Surprendre la religion de quelqu'un. 3 Se faire remarquer de quel- qu'un. 4 — la partie et remise. 5 Contre la medisance il n'est poiQt de rempart.* 6 Cast un homme sans remis- sion. 7 II ne se rend jamais. 8 — repugnait a ce mariage. 9 Get homme me repugne. 10 Je ne respire plus que . . , 11 A beau jeu, beau letour. 12 Se retrousser. 13 Le tout revient a . . . Je n'en reviens pas. 14 L' edition du Uvre est epui- see. ^ * A line from Moli^re's Tartuffe. ON FEElSrCH PHRASEOLOGY. 125 Exercise CXXV. 1 You are mucli like your father in that respect. 2 Their plan is not well contrived. 3 Have you not read the proclamation ? Why, it is posted up at the corner of every street. 4 I rack my brains in vain to recollect it ; — I give it up. 5 They are not all of the stamp. 6 It was a great providence that she was not run over. 7 To what purpose has he done that ? 8 It is the fruit of my labour. 9 They say that she has struck his fancy. 10 He rambles about all day. 1 1 They are finely set out. 12 Give me this country for true liberty. 13 Which way does the wind blow ? 14 He is a mischievous fright. 1 Vous tenez en cela de . . . 2 — n'est pas bien fait. 3 — elle est affichee a tons les coins de me. 4 Se mettre 1' esprit a la tor- ture afin de . . . y re- noncer. 5 — de la meme trempe. 6 — Ce fut un coup de ciel que . . . ecrasee. 7 Dans quelle vue . . . 8 — le fruit de mes veiUes. 9 Donner dans la vue de quelqu'un. 10 Battre le pave. 1 1 Les voila bien avances ! 12 Vive ce pays-la pour . . . 13 — vient le vent ? 14 II est marque au B.* * Etre marquS au B, means to be afflicted "writh any of the bodily de- formities, the name whereof begins with a 6 in French ; such as borgne (one-eyed)^ bossu (hunch-back), boiteux (lame) ; and this proverb is said of mischievous people of such deformed figure. 126 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXXVI. ' 1 Will my presence ineominode you ? 2 They have been for a long time at daggers drawn. 3 I know not what to think of it. 4 I do not know for what reason he made himself uneasy. 5 Everybody contributed to it. 6 I view things in their best light. 7 She believes that the house is haunted. 8 I call it into question. 9 Forgive me this error, and I will forgive you the next. 10 This is a scorching fire. 1 1 That is no manner of use. 12 He coloured up, but said nothing in answer. 13 1 have bought, at second-hand, an arm-chair that goes upon castors. 14 Everybody knows that piece of news. 1 Suis-je de trop ? 2 — a couteaux tires. 3 — a quoi m'en tenir. 4 Se mettre martel en tete. 5 Y mettre du sien. 6 Voir tout en couleur de rose. 7 — qu'il revient des esprits dans . . . 8 Eevoquer en donte. 9 Passe moi le sene, je te pas- serai la rliubarbe. 10 — un feu a rotir un boeuf. 11 Cela sert comme une cin- quieme roue a un car- rosse. 12 Le rouge lui monta au visage . . . 13 — fauteuil a roulettes. 14 Cette nouvelle court lee rues. ON FRENCH PHBASEOLOGY. 127 Exercise CXXVll. Those ladies are rather awkward. The inhabitants of that country are fair and hand- some. It will vex him strongly. One does not know what to make of him. You will find the account right, errors excepted. He has run the risk of it. I wonder you do not understand it ; it is plain enough. 8 I have put an end to that business. 9 He took them to task in the most outrageous manner. 10 From the highest to the lowest. 11 How could he be unconcerned at such a sight? 12 They stripped him of his money. 1 3 Did you ever see the like ? 14 Go near without seeming to take any notice of anything. 15 That would be throwing pearls before swine. 1 — n'ont pas sacrifie aux Graces. 2 Le sang est beau dans ce pays-la. 3 Cela lui fera faire du mau- vais sang. 4 — a quelle sauce le mettre. 5 — sauf erreurs de calcul. 6 Faire le saut. 7 — cela saute aux yeux. 8 — le sceau a une affaire. 9 Faire une scene terrible a quelqu'un. 10 Depuis le sceptre jusqu'a la boulette. 11 Voir, or, regarder, d'un ceil sec . . . 12 Mettre quelqu'un a sec. 13 — rien de semblable ? 14 — sans faire semblant de rien. 15 Semer des marguerites de- vant les pourceaux. 128 PEACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXXYHI. 1 This loss is very grievous to him. 2 A foolish judge decides hastily. 3 He has a churchyard cough. 4 What is he doing ? He has turned soldier. 5 I took the eldest into my service ; the youngest is also in a situation. 6 I can walk no more. 7 Q-iulio Eegondi is a great player on the guitar. 8 He is very attentive to the ladies. 9 I am dying with sleep. 10 He is, in plain English, a stupid fellow. 11 This is my least concern. 12 1 am out of conceit with it. 13 He is very weak. 14 Who put you upon that scent? 15 The poor fellow is wet to the skin. 16 He is as pliant as a willow. 1 — ltd est tres sensible. 2 De fou juge brieve sentence. 3 — une toux qui sent le sapin. 4 Se mettre dans le service. 5 — a mon service ... en service. 6 Mes jambes refusent le ser- vice. 7 Etre tres fort sur . . . 8 Etre anx petits soins au- pres ... 9 Je n'en puis plus de som- meil. 10 C'est un sot en trois lettres. 11 C'est le moindre de mes soucis. 12 Je ne m'en soucie plus. 13 N' avoir qu'un souffle de vie. 14 Qui vous a souffle cela? 15 — trempe comme une soupe, or, jusqu'aux os. 16 — souple comme un gant. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 129 Exercise CXXIX. 1 I will have this note conveyed to him now ; write in the corner, ^^ Private.'' 2 Why do you pout at him so ? 3 I contended with him for the prize, and gained it. 4 It is true ; he is a turn-coat. o God's providence is over us. 6 He looked at him full in the face. 7 That is nothing to our purpose. 8 We must not think of to-morrow. 9 So much for having gambled. 10 I eat heartily to-day. 11 You are on the alert this morning. 12 He always looks sulky at me; nothing is to his mind. 13 I took it in jest. 14 Do you believe all the news he circulates ? 15 How old would you take her to be ? 1 Faire tenir. . . " Pour lui seul. ' ' 2 Faire la mine a quelqu'un. 3 Disputer le prix a quelqu'un. 4 — il a toume casaque. 5 — veille sur nous. 6 — entre deux yeux. 7 — ne fait rien a 1' affaire. 8 Faire vie qui dure. 9 Yoila ce que c'est que d' avoir joue. 10 Manger comme quatre. 11 Avoir la puce a I'oreille. 12 Bonder quelqu'un. — Ne trouver rien a son gre. 13 J'ai pris la chose en riant. 14 Prenez-vous pour argent comptant . . . Id Quel age lui donneriez- 130 PRACTICAL EXERCISES ' Exercise CXXX. 1 His wife is always complaining that the times are hard. 2 There may be a great deal said for and against your affair. 3 Since we must leave, it is better to leave now. 4 He said so much that, at last, he let the cat out of the bag. 5 My guitar is out of tune. 6 It is very easy for them to say so. 7 Do you think I do not hear, that you strike so very hard. 8 He sometimes refuses to hear. 9 I remember to have read it. 10 He is as brisk as a bee. 1 1 He follows me wherever I go. 12 He never stirs abroad. 13 The master's eye makes everything thrive. 14 The pitcher goes so often to the well, that it is broken at last. 1 Precher misere. 2 11 y a du pour et du centre dans . . . 3 Partir pour partir . . . 4 Decouvrir le pot aux roses. 5 — n'est pas d' accord. 6 En parler fort a son aise. 7 Frapper comme un sourd. 8 Faire la sourde oreille. 9 II me souvient de . . . 10 — eveille comme une potee de souris. 11 II est toujours a mes talons. 12 II est toujours dans sa ta- niere. 13 Tant vaut rhomme, tant vaut sa terre. 14 Tant va la cruche a I'eau qu'a la fin elle se brise. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 131 Exercise CXXXI. 1 He is inexliaustible on fhose subjects. 2 He was as black a^ a tinker. 3 People die as they live. 4 You know I speak the truth. 5 Every season has its reason. 6 There is neither sun nor dust abroad. 7 Which way do you steer your course ? 8 I know the drift of your discourse. 9 He is a man who never loses sight of his interest. 10 I look upon him as an honest man. 1 1 Ton may assure yourself that it will be so. 12 1 encouraged him to persevere. 13 He has no connexions. 14 No ties of blood or friendship can hinder it. 15 He stands upon a trifle. 16 If he is well off, let him keep so. 1 II ne tarit point . . . 2 — noir comme iiiie taupe. 3 Telle vie, teUe fin. 4 — m'en etes temoin. 5 D'autres temps, d'autres soins. 6 II fait un temps de demoi- selle. 7 Ou tendent vos pas ? 8 — on tend . . . 9 — qui tend a ses fins. 10 Je le tiens honnete homme. 11 Tenez-vous pour dit que . . . 12 Exporter quelqu'un a tenir ban. 13 Ne tenir a rien. 14 II n'y a ni parente, ni ami- tie qui tienne. 15 Se tenir a peu. 16 S'il est bien, qu'il s'y tienne. 132 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXXXII. 1 I begin to know the people I have to deal with. I 2 Depend upon it, what you said was taken up. 3 E.ich as he is, he is afraid to be reduced to nothing. 4 I nodded to you several times. 5 What ! dare you cope with him ? 6 He was beheaded for his crime. 7 He is but the shadow of a king. 8 Before he goes, give him his cue. 9 That is another affair. 10 What bird is that I see flying so swiftly yonder? 1 1 Men ought not to be valued by their stature. 12 That's a palpable case. 13 Tell your little girl that her gown drags along the ground. 14 He has been a long time in a lingering condition. 1 Connaitre le terrain. 2 — n'est pas tombe a terre. 3 — que la terre ne lui manque, 4 Faire plusieurs signes de tete, 5 Tenir tete a quelqu'un. 6 Payer nn crime de sa tete. 7 C'est un roi de theatre. 8 Faire a quelqu'un son theme. 9 Cela change la these. 10 Yoler a tire d'aile. 11 On ne mesure pas les hom- mes a la toise. 12 — tombe sous le sens. 13 — que sa robe traine. 14 II y a long-temps qu'il traine. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 133 Exercise CXXXIII. 1 The watch-guard goes twice round. 2 I am not satisfied with such bad reasons as these. 3 I rummaged every corner but in vain. 4 Cannot you hear me without interrupting me ? 5 They are sailing before the wind. 6 He tired us very much. 7 They scrambled for ices, but could not get any. 8 I might make him pay dear for it. 9 Let us split the difference. 10 We are tired of hearing that song. 11 It is in vain for me to look, I can see nothing. 12 I do not give it up. 1 3 He began by clearing the house of all the servants. 14 A cannon-shot carried off his arm. 1 Chaine. — Faire deux tours. 2 Ne se pas payer d'aussi . . . 3 Fouiller partout. 4 Couper la parole a quelqu'un. 5 Avoir vent arriere. 6 Ennuyer quelqu'un a la mort. 7 Se battre a qui aura . . . 8 Faire un mauvais parti a quelqu'un. 9 Partager le different par la moitie. 10 Avoir les oreilles rebattues de. . . 1 1 Avoir beau cbercber . . . 12 JN'e pas se tenir pour battu. 13 Faire maison nette. 14 — lui emporta le bras. 134 PEACTICAL EXEKCISES Exercise CXXXIV. 1 Don't be impatient ; I shall be back again pre- sently. 2 I have given up shooting. 3 Do you ever bunt ? 4 I forced bim to explain bimself. 5 How mucb would you give for a borse ? 6 I bave more opportunities to get some tban you. 7 Tbe plot is discovered. 8 He is very mucb pitted witb tbe small-pox. 9 Sbe gave a loud sbriek, and fainted. 10 I do not like romping. 11 He is low in casb. 12 He is very well off for money. 13 1 paid bim fifty pounds, bard casb. 1 Ne faire qu'aller et venir. 2 Eenoncer a la chasse. 3 Aller a la chasse du cerf, or, du renard. 4 Mettre au pied du mur. 5 — mettriez-vous a . . . 6 Etre plus a meme de . . . 7 La meclie est eventee. 8 Etre marque de la petite verole. 9 Pousser un grand cri. 10 Badiner grossierement. 11 L' argent est court chez lui. 12 Ne pas manquer d' argent. 13 — bien compte. 0:N' FRENCH PHKASEOLO(>Y. 135 Exercise CXXXV. 1 He kept an ordinary, at so much a-liead. 2 That physician is his own doctor. 3 They dressed him in a woman's clothes. 4 I suppose he has been a strolling player. 5 That excuse won't do. 6 That man is cowardly, and void of feeling. 7 He coaxes you,, to get you into his clutches, 8 He has an excellent way of getting his commo- dities off his hands. 9 Sorrow treads upon the heels of mirth. 10 We must see what he aims at. 1 1 The poor child was stark naked. 12 He did not perceive he was giving the rod for his own back. 13 He is dangerously ill. 14 1 shall go with them, should I live long enough. 1 Trailer a tant par tete. 2 Se trailer soi-meme. 3 On le travestit en femme. 4 — qu'il a monte sur les tre- teaux. 5 — n'est pas valable. 6 N' avoir point de sang dans les veines. 7 Faire patte de velours. 8 Yendre bien ses coquilles. 9 Tel qui rit Yendredi, Di- manche pleurera.* 10 II faut le voir venir. 11 — nu comme un ver. 12 Donner des verges pour se fouetter. 1 3 Etre entre la vie et la mort. 14 — si Dieu me prete vie. * A line from Racine's comedy of Les Plaideurs. 136 PBACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise OXXXVI. 1 I never saw the like in all my life. 2 Every one mnst be treated according to his con- dition. 3 He knows very little how the world goes. 4 The last laugh is the best. 5 111 teach him manners. 6 It can easily be perceived that he is smitten. 7 That does not take up much room. 8 We agreed that I should go out to inquire how matters stood. 9 What do I care for all his compliments ? 10 I warrant you that he is his mother all over. 1 1 Eaith, I have other things to mind. 12 That is not what I had reckoned upon. 13 He is going down in the world. 1 De ma vie je n'ai vu pareille chose. 2 A gens de village, trompette de bois. 3 II est bien de son village. 4 Eira bien qui rira le dernier. 5 Apprendre a vivre a quel- qu'un. 6 — qu'il en a dans I'aile. 7 — ne tient pas un gros vo- lume. 8 Prendre Fair du bureau. 9 J'ai bien affaire de . . . 10 — c'est sa mere toute cra- cbee. 11 J'ai bien d'autres chats a fouetter. 12 Ce n'est pas la mon. compte. 13 Jeter un mauvais coton. ON FRENCH PHRASEOLOGY. 137 Exercise CXXXVII. 1 He is not such a simpleton as to bite at that. 2 He could not impose upon us. 3 What are you going to do this afternoon ? 4 A flower would not be amiss here ; what think you of it? 5 He has always brought himself off honourably. 6 We have just laid a wager, and we appeal to your decision. 7 He knows not how to make a good use of his property. 8 Though very young, he has already travelled a great deal. 9 Who is to bear all the expenses of the entertain- ment? 10 He cannot bear to be lectured. 1 1 This horse was made for your purpose. 12 I gave each of them their own. 13 I set off in the depth of winter. 1 II n'est pas homme a donner la-dedans. 2 — nous en donner a garder. 3 Que devenez-Yous . . . 4 — ne ferait pas mal ; . . . 5 Faire honneur a ses affaires. 6 Faire un pari. — En faire qnelqu'un juge. 7 Se faire honneur de son bien. 8 Faire ses caravanes. 9 Faire les frais de . . . 10 — qu'on lui fasse la morale. 11 — sera tout votre fait. 12 Donner a chacun son fait. 13 — au fort de I'hiver. 138 PBACTICAL EXEECISES ExEECisE OXXXVIIL 1 Those poor children break my heart. 2 If they should outrun him, he is lost. 3 He attacked him without provocation. 4 Though he lives at his father's, he spends a great deal still. 5 I have had ill luck. 6 We were obliged to send for help to the magis- trates. 7 It is time to come to a resolution. 8 Come and help me to make peace between them. 9 He has always some good thing to say. 10 He died a natural death. 1 1 He began upon the old string. 12 He did right to think better of it. 13 She imitated her mistress uncommonly well. 14 At last I made him sensible of his faults. 1 — me fendent le coeur. 2 Gagner quelqu'un de vitesse. 3 — de gaiete de coeur. 4 — il ne laisse pas de . . . 6 Jouer de malheur. 6 Envoyer demander main- forte. 7 — fondre la cloche. 8 — mettre le hola entre eux. 9 — le petit mot pour rrre. 10 — de sa belle mort. 11 II debuta par le refrain ac- coutume. 12 — de se raviser. 13 Elle rendait sa maitresse a merveille. 14 — rentrer en lui-meme. ox FEEK'CH PHEASEOLOGY. 139 Exercise OXXXIX. 1 Do you believe I have any spare time ? 2 He is a man of no family. 3 Come, clieer up ; she is recovering her senses. 4 They served as good a dinner as we could wish. 5 He stole into my library. 6 This young lady looks very precise. 7 Without great economy, it would be impossible to stand it. 8 He always engrosses the talk of the company. 9 Is there no way of extricating one's self? 10 He would see him go to prison, rather than give him a glass of water. 11 He shut the door, double-locked it, and put the key in his pocket. 12 I hope he will never know I had a hand in the business. 13 He was not worth a penny. 1 — du temps de reste. 2 — Tin homme de rien. 3 — la voila qui reyient a elLe. 4 — un diner a sonhait. 5 S'introduire a la sourdine dans . . . 6 — fait la sueree. 7 — on n'y tiendrait pas. 8 Tenir le de dans la conver- sation. 9 — de s'en tii-er. 10 11 lui verrait tii-er la langue d'un pied de long qu'il ne lui . . . 11 Fermer une porte a douL>le tour. 12 — que j'ai trempe la-de- dans. 13 ^N"' avoir pas un sou vaiL- lant. 140 PRACTICAL EXERCISES Exercise CXL. 1 He did not know what he was saying ; he was half- seas over. 2 Now, we are come to the point. 3 Now, we are equal. 4 I do not answer for it. 5 He keeps him in hopes. 6 She kills her child with kindness. 7 He does not spare his trouble. 8 He has feathered his nest. 9 What a simpleton he is ! 10 He is a thorough sportsman. 1 1 You begin at the wrong end. 12 He sells at a cheap rate, but he clears himself by the quantity. 13 He tries to keep fair with both sides. 14 1 told him plainly of his faults. 1 5 If you do it you will afford matter of laughter. 16 1 had been commissioned to speak. 17 All's well that ends well. 1 — entre deux vins. 2 Bon, nous y voila. 3 — but a but. 4 Je n'en suis pas garant. 5 Tenir quelqu'un en baleine. 6 EUe mange son enfant de caresses. 7 Y mettre du sien. 8 II a bien fait ses orges. 9 II est bien de son pays. 10 II est au poil et a la plume. END or 11 Brider son cbeval par la queue. 12 — il se sauve sur la quan- tite. 13 Vouloir menager la chevre et le cbou. 14 Dire a quelqu'un ses verites. 15 Appreter a rire. 16 Charger quelqu'un de por- ter la parole. 17 La fin couronne I'oeuvre. PART II. PART THE THIRD. A SELECTION IDIOMATIC VERBS; THEIR PRINCIPAL ACCEPTATIONS, AND THE PROVERBIAL AND FIGURATIVE PHRASES FORMED BY THEM : EXTRACTED FROM SOME OF THE BEST AND MOST MODERN LEXICOGRAPHERS. 143 IDIOMATIC VEEBS. EXPLAITATIOK OF THE ABBREYIATIOIN'S TTSEI) 11^ THE POLLOWING SELECTION, fig. figurative. liq. liquid. Pr. Proverb. va. verb active. va. and n, verb active and neuter. vn. and a, verb neuter and active. vi. verb impersonal. vr, verb reflected. AGIR, vn . To act, do^ dealioith; operate^ have an influence; negotiate^ transact, sue, pro- secute, proceed; behave. — d'autorite, to act as a master. — mal, to misbehave. Fagon d' — , practice. Manidre d'— , proceeding, II en a agi mal avec moi, he has used me ill. II s'agit, vi. De quoi s'agit-il ? vjhats the matter? II ne s'agit pas de cela., that is not the question, or, busi- ness in hand. II s'agit de votre honneur, ^our honour is at stake, or, is concerned in it. II — de diner, we must think of dinner, II — de se decider, the husiiiess is to make up one^s mind. A JUSTER, va. To adjust, fit up, set or put in order; dress, adorn, embellish; re- concile, make friends; take one^s aim at. direct. Ajuster nne pendule, une machine, to put a clock, a machiiie in order. — une piece au theatre, to adapt a play [^o the stage. — quelqu'un de toutes pieces, to use one very ill. [Used sometimes in irony.] Comme le voila ajuste ! what a pickle he is in ! Yotre habit est bien — ! your coat is in a sad state ! Des cartes ajustees, marked cards (for cozening). Pr. Ajustez vos flutes, agree among yourselves. ALLER, vn. To go, repair ; march, dhc; act; come; lead to; end in; expose one^s self; gather; ask; hunt; be near; come on; succeed; go on; be carried; v)alk ; be bound for; cost; make; covet; fit; reach; amount to; run out ; come down. AUer a Edinbourg, to go to Edinburgh. 144 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Aller h pied, to go on foot^ to walk. — a grands pas, to go or walk very fast. — vite, to go fast, run. — fort vite, to gallop, whip up. — lentement, to go slow, pace. — au pas, to pace. — pr^cipitamment, to scuttle. — apr^s, to follow. — trop loin, or au-delk, to ex- ceed, go beyond. — k cheval, to go on horse- hack, to ride. — en poste, to ride post — le trot, to trot. — le galop, to gallop. — r amble, to amhle, pace. — son pas, to walk one's pace. — a tUtons, to grope along. — trop avant, to overshoot one's self. — au devant de quelqu'un, to go and meet one. — au devant d'une chose, to obviate a thing, prevent it. — au contraire, or h Tencontre d'une chose, to run coun- ter, to oppose a thing. — en troupe, to flock together. — ga et la, to jaunt, ramble, range. — h I'exces, to run into excess. — en paix, to depart in peace. — se battre, or s' — battre, to be going to fight. — et venir, to pass and repass. Je ne ferai qu' — et venir, / shall be back again pre- sently. — chercher, or querir, to go and fetch. — au fait, to come to the point. — ensemble, to be fellows. Aller de pair, to be equal in rank, — k I'eglise [speaking of a way], to lead to the church. — en pointe, to end in a point. — aux coups, or au feu, to ex- pose one's self in a battle. — aux opinions, aux avis, to put to the vote. — aux nouvelles, to hunt after news. — se coucher, to he going to bed. — bien, to succeed loelL. — lentement, [speaking of a building,] to qo on slowly. — si loin, to be carried so far, — a la Nouvelle-York, to be bound for New York. — loin, [speaking of an affair,] to cost much. — bien loin, to make one's fortune, — bien, [speaking of a coat, &c.,] to fit well. — jusque la, to reach so far, — ^ tant, to amount to so much, — par la douceur, to use fair means. — aux ecoutes, to inquire se- cretly about an affair, — pied a pied, or, bon pied dans une affaire, to act prudently in an affair, — son train, to go on without minding people's talk. — son grand chemin, or, ron- dement, to go roundly to work. — de mal en pis, to grow worse and worse. Faire — , to set a-going. Se laisser — a, to yield, sub- mit, give way to, Le chemin va en pente, or en descendant, en montant, IDIOMATIC VERBS. 145 en tournant, en zigzag, the road slopes^ ascends^ turns, goes zigzag-like. AUons, mes enfans ! cheer ujp^ my lads, Allons-nous bien % are we in the right way ? Comment vous en va? hoio do you do ? Comment va la sante 1 how are you in health ? Sa sante va de mieux en mieux, his health is better Ofiid better. Comment va le bras ? hovj is your arm ? Les affaires ne vont plus, business is quite dull. Votre habit vous va mal, your coat does not fit you. Comme vous y allez ! you go on at a rare roAe. Allez, je veux m' employer pour vous, take heart, I'll make interest for you. Yous le croyez fort a plaindre; allez, 11 ne Test point, you think he is greatly to be pitied ; pugh 1 no such thing. Songez qu'il y va de votre honneur, consider that your honour is at stake. Cela va tout seul, there is no difficulty in the thing. Cela va sans dire, tfiat's un- derstood. Ca ira, that will do ; ive shall succeed. Cela n'ira pas loin, that will not last long. Cela n'ira pas plus loin, 1 vnll not say a word about it. [Aller is sometimes used to impart more energy to a sentence; as] Yoyez ou j'en serais, s'il allait faire cela, see what dijji- cidty I should be in, ivere he to do it. N'allez pas vous imaginer, don'' t fancy or imagine. Pr. Cela va comme il plait a Dieu, that affair is quite neglected. Pr. Tous chemins vont a Eome, there are several means to one end. [Aller is sometimes used sub- stantively : as,] L' — ne me coute rien, my expenses thither are defrayed. Le pis — , the ivorst that can happen. C'est votre pis — , it is your last shift. Am pis — , let the worst come to the worst. On lui a donne Y — et le venir he has been slapt on both cheeks. S'EN — , vr. To go away, de- part ; elope ; be dying. Allez-vous-en, go about your business. II s'en va, he is dying. II s'en va le grand galop, he is in a galloping con- sumption, (he. Mon habit s'en va, my coat is weai'ing out. II s'en va onze heures, it is near eleven o'clock. Un secret pour faire en aller les taches, a secret to re- move spots. Pr. Tout s'en est alle en fumee, all is come to nothing. APPLIQUER, va. To apply, 146 IDIOMATIC YEEBS. "piit^ set, lay on; inlay; adapt; stick to, stick up; give ; bestow on ; put to. Appliquer des couleurs sur line toile, to lay colours on a cloth or canvas. — I'assiette, to lay the compo- sition. — des sangsues, to apply leeches. — des ventouses, to cup. — une affiche a une porte, ^t^ stick up a hill on a gate. — un soufflet, un coup de poing, to give a slap on the face, strike with the fist. — mal-a-propos, to misapply. — UD e somme d' argent a batir, to hestovj a sum of money on building. S' — , vr. To apply one's self (to study, &c.) ; apply to one''s self ; take for or to one's self ; be applied. — aux mathematiques,^05^if% mathematics sedulously. II s' applique tout ce qu'on dit, he takes for himself everything that is said. II s'est applique cette somme, he appropriated that mo- ney to his own use. APPUYEE, va. To prop, stay, support; [fig.] back, strengthen, second ; favour, protect. — une maison contre un co- teau, to build a house against a hill, — une muraille par des piliers, un 6diiice par des arcbou- tans,to support a wall with pillars, a building with arcboutans, or bntti^e-'^ses. Appuyer un pistolet sur la gorge de quelqu'uUjio clap a pistol to one's breast, Appuyer I'eperon a un cbeval, to spur a horse briskly, — ses coudes sur une table,^o lean upon a table. II m'a promis d' — mon placet, he has promised me to back my petition. — une motion, to second a motion. K-^-^m^'q, seconded, ARRACHER, va. To pull, draw; pluck out or up : [fig.] extort; snatch from, wrest, out, tear from ; pick out ; take away; take out of; get from; force from; [fig.] ob- tain by force or address. — un arbre, to root out a tree, — de mauvaises herbes, to pluck up weeds. — unfeuilletd'unlivre,^o^6a/* a leaf out of a book, — une opinion de la t§te de quelqu'un [fig.], to take an opinion out of one's head. — une loupe, to cut out a wen, — \x\iQdiQiii,to draw out a tooth, — un cor, to pick out a corn, — de I'argent a quelqu'un, to extort money from one. — quelqu'un a la mort, to snatch one from death, — un secret a quelqu'un, to get a secret from one. On ne saurait lui arracher une parole, one cannot get or draw one word from him, S' — , vr. To draw or pull out anything hurtful, dec, to one's self ; [fig.] break from,get away reluctantly, Je me suis arrache une 6pine idio:>j:atic tebbs. 147 du pied, I have drawn a thorn out of my foot, Elle s'arracha les chereux, she pulled off her hair. S'arracher d'un lieu, to go a way relucta/atly from a place, [They say of a person and of a book much sought after : On se Tarrache^ or on se Varrache des mains.] ARRETER, va. To stop, stay ; put into bodily confinement', fasten ; [fig.] cure^ assuage; arrest^ seize, apprehend^ at- tach, detain; hinder; [fig.] impede, check; hire^ engage; secif/re; resolve upon, deter- mine^ agree, declare, decree. — les gages d'un domestique, to stop the vxtges of a ser- va.nt. — un valet, une chambre gar- nie, une place a la dili- gence, to engage a valet, a furnished room, a seat in the stage-coach. — ses yeux, ses regards, sa pensee surquelque chose [fig.], to fix one's eyes^ thoughts, upon a thing. — un compte,^o balance, settle an account. — un marche, to striJce up a bargain. — un jour, to appoint a day. — des perdrix [said of a dog], to set partridges. On a arrete sa voiture, his car- Hage has been seizedupon.. — , vn. To stop, make a stay; come to a resolution, re- solve upon. Qu'a-t-on arrete ? what has been resolved on ? Arretez or finissez ! hush ! enough. S' — , vr. To stop, make a stay ; be at a stcrnd ; keep to CL thing; give one's mind to; dwell upon; forbear; loiter, tarry ; [said of a river, &c.] stop, cease to run or fi.ow ; fi.x or pitch upon; settle (in a place). Ma montre s' arrete, 'uiy watch stops. Pourquoi s'arr^ter en beau chemin 1 why do you give over an enterprise that would succeedj. II ne faut pas s'arreter a ce qu'il dit, one must not rrdnd what he says. Yous Yous arretez a des baga- telles, you stand upon trifles. Apres avoir vu tous les ru- bans, elle s'arreta a celui- la, after having seen all the ribbons, she pitched upon that. ATTACHER, va. To tie, bind, fasten, ma.ke fast^ leash, link ; [fig.] engage, endear, allure, attach; fix ; apply; connect ; engage the attention; bestow upon. — avec une epingle, to pin, — avec un clou, to nail. — avec un bouton, to button. — un placard a une muraille, to stick up a bill on a wall. — en croix, to nail on a cross. — du crime au plaisir,^oma^e a sin of pleasure. Mon sort est attache au voire, my fate depends upon yours, 2 148 IDIOMATIC YEEBS. C'est UD vice attache a cet age, it is a vice inseparahle from that age. II est trop — a son sens ; he is too wedded to his ow7i opinions, — , V7i. To engross one^s mind or thoughts, Les romans attachent trop, novels are too engaging. S' — a, va. To sticJc close; [fig.] conceive a regard, love, or inclination for; apply on^sselfto] strive, endea- vour ; lay much stress upon. — quelqu'un, to win the affec- tion of one. — a quelqu'un, to conceive an affection for one, devote one^s self to his service. La vigne et le houblon s'at- tachent aux echalas et aux arbres, the vine and hops cleave to poles and trees. La poix s'atbaclie aux doigts, pitch sticks to the fingers. ATTENDEE, va. To wait for; expect, hope for; await,' he in store for. ' — la mort, to he in expecta- tion of death, — quelque chose de quelqu'un (in a moral sense), to ex- pect a thing from one. — quelqu'un or quelque chose de pied ferme, to he pre- pared for one, or a thing. La misere attend le dissipa- teur, poverty awaits the squanderer. Pr, Attendre quelqu'un au passage, to lie in vj ait for one. Pr, C'est oil je I'attends, or c'est la que je I'attends, there I shall have him. Pr. Attendez-moi sous I'orme, you may wait for me till doomsday. [This verb is often used with the preposition apres:as,'\ J'attends apres mes che- vaux pour partir, I am waiting for my horses in order to set oflF. II y a long-temps qii!on attend apres vous, we have been long waiting for you. Je 71^ attends pas apres cela, I am in a condition to do without it. — vn. To stay, wait, tarry, he in expectation. Attendons encore un pen, let us stay a little longer. Qu'il attende, let him v:ait. Attendez, hold, stay. Se faire attendre, to make other people wait for one's coming, Pr. Tout vient k, point k qui peut — , patience hrings all things about. ATTRAPER, va. to entrap, ensnare; cheat, trick, out- wit; overtake, catch; oh- tain; get, contract (any in- fection or disease) ; hit, reach; apprehend; imitate. Attraper, quelqu'un, to cheat one. — quelqu'un a la tete, to hit one on the head. — quelqu'un sur le fait, to sur- prise one in the fact. — le sens d'un passage, to dis- cover or hit upon the sense of a passage. IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 149 Attrapperun caract^re, 2^0 hit a character^ express it loell. — bien la ressemblance, to draxo very like. — le coiirrier, to overtake the mail. — le printemps, to reach the spring. Se laisser — , to get entrapped. AVANCER, va. To bring, put forioard^set forth, oy for- ward ; hasten forward, set forward, advance ; ^^put for- ward ov faster-, give ox pay beforehand, lay out ; assert, b ring fo rth, lay down ; pro- mote ox prefer (one); avaH, profit, gain, improve. Avancez la main, stretch forth your hand. — la voiture, bring the car- riage forward. Avancer le pied, to set one's foot forward. — Thorloge, to set the clock forward. — I'heure du diner, to hapten dinner. — quelqu'un, to promote one. — de I'argent, to pay money beforehand. — une verite, une proposition, to advance a truth, pro- position. — , vn. To advance, go on, proceed,march on; jut out, stand out, stick out, shoot forth; improve,make some progress, be forward', go too fast, encroach upon. — en age, to grow old. II avance vers moi, he is coming towards me. Mamontre — de vingt minutes, my watch goes too fast by twenty minutes. L'ouvrage — , the work is get- ting on. Mon fils — , n' avance pas, my son improves, does not improve. Cette maison — d'un pied sur la rue, that house projects one foot on the street. Cette maison — tropsur la rue, that house is jutting too much over the street. Avancez-vous dans votre en- t reprise '? do you make any progress in your un- dertaking ? Vous avez avanc6 de vingt pouces sur mon terrain, you have encroached twen- ty inches on my ground, 11 n'en est pas plus — , he is not a bit better for it. Jusqu'a un age tres — , to a very advanced age. Une femme avancee en age, an elderly woman. L'annee est trop — , the year is too far gone. S' — , vr. To move, come, or go forward ; progress, ad- vance ; [fig.] get prefer- ment; [fig.] go too far, commit one's self by pro- mising, (hc.rnore than one can perform ; jut over. L'armee s'avance, the army is mo V ing forward. L'ouvrage — , the work is get- ting on. Le jour — , it is getting late in the day. L'hiver avance, the winter is going. , ^ . II s'avanga jusqu'a dire qu'il 150 IDIOMATIC YERBS. etait un coquin, he went so far as to say that he was a rogue. Get ambassadeur s'est trop avance, that ambassador has gone too far. AVOIR To have; he; hear, meet, ohtain, entertain, hold, get. — du bien, to have some pro- perty. — pour agreable, to like. — faim, to he hungry. — soif, to he dry. — chaud, to he warm or hot. — froid, to he cold. — raison, to he in the right. — tort, to he in the wrong. — honte, to he ashamed. — vingt ans, to he tiventy years of age. Quel age avez-vous 1 how old are you ? II a quarante ans, he is forty. Avoir lieu, to take place. II a eu egard a ma demande, he paid attention to my request. J'ai a travailler, a 6tudier, / am to work, study. Vous en aurez [you will be beat, &c.] youshallhave it. II en a, [he has experienced something unpleasant,] he has it. II en a jusqu'a la gorge, he is crammed to the very throat. Vous n'avez qu'a dire, you need only say the word. L'avoir beau, Tavoir belle, to have a favourable oppor- tunity to do a thing. Avoir beau, to try in vain. :YAVOm,ILYA, ^. To be ; there is or there are; it is. II ne saurait y avoir de dif- ference, the7'e can he no difference. II y a 1^-bas un homme qui veut vous parler, there is a man helovj who desires to speak with you. II y a la-haut deux personnes qui vous attendent, there are two persons above, that stay for you. II y a de faux amis, some friends are false. II y atrente ans qu'il est mort, or, il est mort il y a trente ans, he has been dead these thirty years, or he died thirty years ago. Combien y a-t-il de Londres a Paris 1 how far is Lon- don from Paris ? II y a 90 lieues, it is 90 leagues. 11 y a long-temps, long since, long ago. . II croit qu'il n'y a qu'a deman- der, he thinks that asking is all in all. C'est un homme comme il y en a pen, he is equalled by fev) ; he is a man of ten thousand. C'est une femme comme il n'y en a point, she has not her equal. BAISSER, va. To let down, bring lovjer, hear down, stoop, flap. Baisser un pont-levis, to let down a drawbridge. — la toile, to drop the curtain (in a theatre.) IDIOMATIC YEKBS. 151 Baisser une muraille, to lower a wall. — le bords d'lm chapeau, to fiap a hat, — les voiles, to lower the sails. — le pavilion, to strike the flag. — pavilion, to strike. — pavilion devant quelqu'iin [fig.], to submit to one. — roreilie [fig.], to despond. Nos troupes fondirent sur Tennemi tete baissee, our troops rushed headlong upon the enemy. Donner tete — dans le danger, to run headlong into danger. Baissez les stores, let down the blinds. — vn. To fall, decrease in value; decay, grow wo7'se ; sink. Le jour baisse, it grows late. Les actions de banque bais- sent, the bank shares or stocks are falling. La vue commence a lui bais- ser, his sight begins to fail him. II baisse a vue d'oeil, he decays visibly. Le vin baisse, the wine groivs flat, BANDER, va. To bind or tie ivith a fillet, Sc; bend, strai'n, stretch. — quelqu'un, or- les yeux a quelqu'un, to blindfold one, — une arme a feu, to cock a gun or pistol. Bander son esprit, or avoir r esprit baude, to be in- tensely engaged. Bander une plaie, to dress a wound. BATTRE, va. To beat, strike, Sc; defeat, conquer ; mint coin ; thresh (corn, &c.) ,• [in games], vjin several games; shuflle(GSiYds); wash, bathe (like a river); pound; [artil.] fire upon, hatter; mix wp; beat (the drum) ; [mus.] beat time; take up (at backgammon, &c.) — quelqu'un comme platre [fig.] to beat one to a tnummy. — I'eau [fig.] to work to no purpose. — la campagne, to scout ; [fig.] speak at random; be delirious. — le pave, to spend one's time in running up cmd down the streets. — le briquet, to strike a light, — la chamade,2Jo&5a? a parley. — un bois, to beat a wood for game. ■ — un noyer, to beat walnuts down. — du beurre, to churn. — du poivre, de la canelle, to pound pepper, or cinna- mon. — une allee, to beat, roll, smooth a walk. — monnaie, to coin. — la mesure, to beat time, — les cartes, to shuffle the cards, — le fer sur Tenclume, to forge. ^ La riviere bat les murs de la ville, the river bathes the walls of the town. 152 IDIOMATIC YEEBS. Pr. 11 faut battre le fer pen- dant qu'il est chaud, make hay while the snn shines. Le pouls lui bat, his pulse If eats. Le coeur me bat encore, my heart goes iiit-a-jmt ; I am afraid. Ma montre bat encore, my watch goes still. Le fer de ce cheval bat, the shoe of that horse is loose. Le soleil bat a plomb, the sun shoots iieryendicularly . Battre des mains, to clap, ap- plaud. — des ailes, [speaking of birds,] to flap, aflutter. — en retraite, to retreat ; re- tire out of any company ; [fig.] recant. — froid a quelqu'un [fig.], to looh cold upon one; re- ceive him. coldly. Pr. Ne battre plus que d'une aile, to have lost one^s strength, credit, or m- terest. SE— , vr. To fight, scu^e, engage. — en retraite, to maintain a runningjight. — en duel, tojight a duel. — les flancs, [fig.], to strive hard, and to no purpose. Se faire battre, to get one's self l?eat or ill-treated. BATTU, E. jM. Beaten, beat ; spiritless; weather-beaten. Vaisseau— de la tempete, ship tossed in a storm. Chemin — , a heat en road. Etre de I'oiseau [fig.], to be dismayed. Avoir les oreilles battues d'une chose [fig], to have one's ears stunned rvith a thing; hear continually of it. Vous avez les yeux battus, you have heavy eyes. Pr. Les battus payeront Ta- rn ende, the sniffer ers are to he punished. BLESSER, va. To wound; hurt; do mischief; gall; fret; pinch; [fig.], offend; hurt the feelings, &c. — quelqu'un au bras, a la jambe, au cou, &c., to wound or hurt one in the arm, leg, neck, Sfc. — la vue, la pudeur [fig.], to offend the eyes, modesty, — la reputation [fig.], to in- jure the character oj one. — la bienseance [fig.], to in- fringe the rules of de- corum. — le coeur [fig.], inspire with love. Mes souliers me blessent, my shoes pinch me. Blesse a mort, mortally wounded. II a le cerveau — , he is crack- brained. II est — de votre oubli, he is offended at your neglect. Cela ne blesse personne, that hurts no one. Ayez soin des blesses, take care of the wounded. Pr. Vous ne savez pas ou le b^t le blesse, you don't know where the shoe pinches. BOIRE, va. and n. To drink, carouse, quaff, tope; beacon- IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 153 Jirmed drunkard; blot (as paper does) ; soak^ iml)ibe. Boire a sa soif, to drink in or- der to qiteiich one's thirst. — a la ronde, to put the glass about, — a la glace, to drink with ice, — dans un verre,dans le creux de la main, to drink out of a glass,, out of the hand, — a TAllemande, or^ a tire- larigotj^rcomme un trou, or comme un Templier, to drink like a fish, or very hard, — a la sant6 de quelqu'un, or a quelqu'un, [a custom borrowed from the Eo- mans,] to drink one's health. — le vin de I'e trier, to have a parting glass, — un affront [fig.], to put up with an affront. Donner pour — a des ouvriers, to give workmen drink- money. Mener — les bestiaux, to take cattle to water. Le papier boit, the paper sinlis or blots, Pr. Qui bon I'acliete, bon le boit, as you brew, so you must drink. Pr. Qui a bu boira, habits ever remain. Pr. Puisque le vin est tire, il faut le boire, now the ale is drawn, it must be drunk. BEULEE. va. To burn, con- sume by fire ; far eh, scorch, blast; swelter ; [said of li- quors,] infiame. Bruler de la houille, to burn coals. — la cervelle a quelqu'un, to blow one's brains out. — du vin, to distil wine, make brandy. La neige brule les souliers, the snow rots the shoes. Tirer un homme a brule pour- point, to shoot a man with one's gun close to his breast. Unraisonnementabrule pour- point, a home argument. Du vin brtile, mulled wine. Un cerveau — , an enthusiast, a fanatic. Avoir le teint — , to be sun- burnt. — , vn. To burn, be on ^ fire; wish earnestly; be in love (with one); be very hot. Les mains lui briilent, his hands burn. Bruler d'amour, to be passion- ately in love. — d'impatience, or a petit feu, to long with impatience. — d'un feu lent, to pine away. Les pieds lui brulent, he longs with great impatience to go thither. Le tapis brule[with gamesters] down with your stake. SE, — , vr. To burn, burn one's self ; be burnt, — a la main, 2^6> burn one's self in the hand. Pr. Yenir — a la chandelle, to burn one's wings at the candle ; fall into the snare. CHANTEE, va and n. To sing; praise; celebrate; lam- 154 IDIOMATIC VERBS. poon ; squeak (in speaking) ; warble (as birds do). Chanter juste, faux, to sing in tune^ out of tune. — k pleine voix, to sing loud. II chante toujours la meme chose, lie still harps tipon the same string. Voyons ce que cet homme, cet auteur chante, let us see what that man., that author., has to say for himself [Also said of things.] Chanter injures, pouilles a quelqu'un, to ahuse one. Faire — quelqu'un, to render one more tractable — une gamme a quelqu'un, to reprimand one severely. — la palinodie, to recant. Pain a — , wafer ; consecrated bread. CH AEGER, va. To load, bur- den; load with; a charge., load (with powder and bullets) ; enlarge, attack, fall upon ; cliarge, commiand ; charge, intrust, give the care of ; [law,] charge, accuse ; write down, register ; exaggerate; Jill ; put a weight upon ; make deep ; crowd. — un cheval, to load a horse. — I'estomac,^^ load the stomach — quelqu'un de coups, to maul one. — a balle, a poudre, to load with shot,with jjownler only — X Qrmexni,to attack the enemy — sa pipe, to fill one's pipe. — un balancier, to put a weight upon the balance (of a clock.) Charger une couleur, to make a colour too deep. — une page, to crowd a page. — un portrait, to overcharge a picture. — quelqu'un de, to commis- sion, desire one to ; in- struct, charge one with. Je vous charge de lui en parler, I desire you to speak to him on the subject. Une terre chargee de dettes,fm estate clogged with debts. Un homme charge de dettes, a vian deep in debt. Elle est chargee de quatre petits enfans, she has four little children to maintain Avoir les yeux charges, to have one's eyes swelled. Des des — , false, or loaded dice. Le temps, I'horizon, est charge, the weather, the horizon is cloudy, overcast. Un charge d'affaires, a proxy or cliarge d'affaires. SE — , vr. To talie upon one's self; taJie charge; load one's self. Je me charge de faire tout ce qui sera necessaire, I un- dertake to do whatever will be requisite. Le temps se charge, the wea- ther is getting cloudy. CHASSER, va. To hunt, hound, chase ; turn out, put out, drive out or away, ba- nish, dispel, turn away, throw off; drive before one ; driveforward. — des oiseaux, to scare away birds. IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 155 Chasser un domestique, to discharge a servant. Je I'ai chasse de chez moi, I have turned him out of doors, Leurs chiens ne cliassent pas ensemble, they are at va- riance. Pr. Un clou chasse ^autre,c?^^ 7iail drives another; anew passion, d;c., extinguishes an old one. Pr. La faim chasse le loup du bois, hunger will Ifreali through stone walls. — , va. To hunt; course; shoot; drive (as gunpowder.) — au fusil, to shoot, go a shooting. — aux perdrix, to shoot par- tridges. — sur les terres de quel- qu'un [fig.], to encroach upon one's rights. Pr. Bon chien chasse de race, cat after kind. CHAUSSER, va. To put on shoes or stockings, or Ifoth ; make shoes, he a shoemalier. Chaussez-vous, put on your stockings; put on your shoes ; put on your shoes and stockings. Chausser le cothurne, to set up for a tragedian. Un esprit chausse de travers, a cross-grained mind. Pr. II est sorti un pied chausse et I'autre nu,7^^ scamioered away in haste. Pr. Elle est toute des mieux chausses, she is a pretty, or fashionaUe girl, or woman. Chausser, vn. To have afoot of a certain length, II chausse a six points, a sepfc points, his measure is six or seven inches, Des bas, des souliers, qui chaussent bien, stockings, shoes, that fit well. lis chaussent a meme .point [fig.], they are of the same kidney. SE — , vr. To put one's shoes or stockings on. CHERCHER, va. To look or se'ekfor, search, he in quest of; [fig.], mind ; [fig.], en- deavour ; [fig.], investigate. Aller — , to go for, to fetch. Envoyer — , to send for. — noise, — querelie, to inck a quarrel. La voiture viendra nous — , the carriage will call for us. Pr. — midi a quatorze heures, to look for a knot in a hulrusk, Pr. — une aiguille dans une botte de foin, to seek a needle i7i a pottle of hay. CHICANER, vn. and a. To chicane, cavil, quihhle, use tricks; make many words, wrangle; [fig.] tease, vex, plague, II chicane sur tout, he quihhles alfout everything. II chicane tons ses voisins, he wrangles, or goes to law with all his neighhours. Cela le chicane, that teases him. J'aiun rhume qui me chicane, 1 am troubled with a cold. 156 IDIOMATIC VERBS. CLAQQER, v?i. and a. [Its signification will be known by the following phrases :] — quelqu'un, to slap one. — des mains, to clajJ hands, — des dents, to chatter with one's teeth. II claque des dents, les dents lui claquent, his teeth chatter. Faire claquer des os, to make hones crack. Faire — un fouet, to smack a whip. II fait bien — son fouet [fig.], he makes a hustle in the world. COMMANDER, va. and n. To command, order, hid, or charge; hespeak; command; or overlook; rule over, master. — un habit, to hespeak a coat. — une ville, to overlook atown. N'avez vous rien a me — ? have yon any commands ? — en m ait re, to command im- periotisly. — a la baguette [fig.], to rule in a haughty f imperious manner. — a ses passions, to curh one's passions. Je lui ai commande de le faire, I ordered him to do it. J'ai — ma voiture, I have or- dered my carriage, COMMETTRE, va. To com- mit ; perpetrate, do, make ; commit (a thing to one's hand and charge), intrnst; apyoint, delegate, co7nmis- sion ; [fig.], exjjose {oiiq) . Commettre deux personnes I'une avec I'autre, to set two persons at variance, — sa reputation, to expose one's reputation. J'ai commis cela ^ votre soin, or]e vous en ai commis le soin, I hitrusted you with the care of it. Ne craignez point que je vous commette, do nothe afraid of my exposing you. COMFORTER, va. To hear, allow of, require. La mediocrite de son revenu ne comporte pas la de- pense qu'il fait, he spends more than his small in- come ivill allow. La mode le — , fashion re- quires it. — , vn. To let, suffer. La dignity du magistrat ne — pas qu'il s'abaisse jus- ques-la, the dignity of a magistrate will not suffer him to stoop so low, COMPTER, va. To count, reckon, numher ; cast up, sum ; p)Ciy ; charge, put in a hill, — les morceaux a quelqu'un, to grudge one his vic- tuals. II ne nous compte pas trop pour cela, he does not overcharge us for that. II compte pour rien tons les services qu'on lui rend, he looks upon all the ser- vices that are done him as nothing. — ,vn. To design, propose ; IDIOMATIC VEUBS. 157 thinks repute; reckon; rely upon, Quand comptez-vous partir ? when do you 'propose to set out. Quand comptez-vous regler avec moi ? rvTien do you settle with me ? II compte arriver demain, he expects to arrive to-mor- row. Ne comptez pas sur lui, dorUt depend upon him, Vous pouvez compter la-des- sus, you may depend upon it. Sans — , without reckoning, A compter de la semaine pro- chaine, j^r{?m next week. Cela n'est compte pour rien, that goes for nothing. Tout compte, tout rabattu, everything duly considered. Marcher a pas comptes, to walk slowly andformally. Pr. Qui compte sans son b6te compte deux fois, reckon not your chickens hefore they are hatched. CONCLURE, va. and n. To conclude^close; infer ^deduce; resolve upon., determine. — un marche, to strike a bar- gain. — un mariage, to conclude a match. — un arrangement, to come to an agreement. Qu'en voulez-vous — ? what I inference will you draw from that ? I D'ou Ton conclut que . . ., ^ from which it is inferred that . , , C'est une affaire conclue, that business is settled. CONDUIRE, va. To co7iduct, lead; steer; drive; command, head ; govern ; direct ; ma- nage, train up ; guide, su- perintend ; attend, accom- pany; escort, convey. — un jeune homme, to train up a young man. — un batiment, to siqjerin- tend a huilding. — quelqu'un, to accompany one. — un prisonnier, to escort a prisoner. — des eaux, to convey waters. — de I'oeil, to direct or guide with the eye. Conduisez ces dames an salon, show the ladies into the drawing-room. II conduit bien sa barque, he manages his affairs well. Dieu vous conduise ! God speed you. SE — , vr. To behave one!s self ; find one's way. Je vous apprendrai a vous mieux conduire, I shall teach you better manners, CONFONDRE, va. To con- found ; mingle, jumble, or huddle together ; mistake (one person or tiling) for (another) ; non-plus ; make (one) blush; astonish, stu- Vous me confondez avec tons ces gens-la, you make no difference between me and those people. Yos louanges me confondent, 158 IDIOMATIC YEHBS. your commendations put me quite outof countenance or put me to the Mush. Vous coDfondez Tun avec I'autre^ you mistake one for the other. SE — , vr. To get perplexed or entangled ; get con- fused, abashed. CONNAITRE, va. and n. To hnoTV ; understand ; have a shill in; le acquainted with ; take cognizance. Faire — , to show, make it appear. Se faire — , to make one's self known, Je le ferai — , I will disclose his conduct. Je vous ferai — ce monsieur, I will introduce you to that gentleman, Je ne m'y connais pas, I am no judge of it. Ce juge ne pent pas connaitre de cela, that judge cannot take cognizance of that. II ne connait point I'envie, he is quite a stranger to envy. Je ne le connais ni d'Eve ni d'Adam, he is quite a stranger to me. Pr. II est connu comme le loup blanc, he is the com- mon talk of the town. SE — , vr. To know one's self; xmderstand, know ; have a skill in. II se connait en tableaux, he understands paintings. 11 ne se connait point [said of a proud man], he forgets himself, he is in such a passion or rage that he does not know what he is al)out. II s'y connait, he understands this matter. CONSTITUER, va. To con- stitute, establish ; raise ; ajjpoint ; make ; commit ; settle, fix; put; form, make, make up ; place. — quelqu'un prisonnier, to commit one to prison. — une pension, to settle a pension. — en frais, to put to an expense. — quelqu'un pour son pro- cureur, to appoint a per- son one's attorney. Etre bien ou mal constitue to he of a good or bad constitution. Un homme — une dignite, a dignified person, one raised to honours. Rente constitute, an annuity, SE — , to constitute one's self ; establish one's self. II alia — prisonnier, he went to surrender himself CONSUMER, va. To con- sume, squander away; de- stroy, waste, devour. La rouille consume le fer, rust corrodes iron. La douleur, le chagrin le — , sorrow preys upon him. Consumer son bien en folies, to spend one's property extravagantly . SE — , vr. To consume, waste away, decay. — en regrets, to fret or waste away with vexation. IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 159 Se consumer d'ennui, to waste away with melancholy, CONTENTEE, va. To con- tent^ satisfy J please. On ne saurait — tout le monde, one cannot please every- body. SE — ,vr. To le contented, le satisfied (with a thing), thinh that (it) is enough. *— d'une honnete m^diocrite, to he satisfied with a mo- derate fortune. Je me contente de lui avoir prete de I'argent, mais je ne veux point le caution- ner, it is quite sufficient that 1 lent him my money; 1 won't be bail for him. CONTER, va. To tell, relate. — des fagots, or des sornettes. to relate idle stories. En — , to romance ; impose upon one. En — a une femme, lui — des douceurs, lui — fleurettes, — ses raisons a une fem- me, to entertain a woman with amorous nonsense. S'en laisser — , to listen to amorous nonsense. Contez-nous done cela, pray, give us an account of that. CONTINUER, ya. To con- tinue, go on with; protract, prolong. II continue 'k or de batir, he goes on with building. On lui continua sa charge, or on le continua dans sa charge, he was re-elected, or continued in his office. Continuer, vn. To continue^ last, hold out; persevere. La pluie continue, it continues raining. Le vent — , the wind holds on. Si cela continue, if things go on at this rate. SE ~, vr. To be going on. Le chemin-de-fer se continue, the rail-road is going on. CONTRAINDEE, m. To con- strain, compel; restrain; in-- commode ; straiten; jnnch; [law], comp}el (one) to pay. On le contraignit a or de faire cela, he was compelled to do that. II est contraint dans ses sou- liers, his shoes pinch him. Elle a I'air — ,she looks affected. Un style — -, a forced or iinna- tural style. CONTROLER, va. To con- trol; verify, register; [fig.] censure, blame, carp at. — de la vaisselle, to mark plate. II controle tout or sur tout, he ^finds fault with everything. CONYENIR, vn. To agree, grant, own; ajjpoiiit ; be- come ; Jit, suit, match ; be fit, expedient, convenient^ meet, proper. — d'un jour, d'un lieu, to ap- point a place. II convient du fait, he admits the fact. Je conviens de ce que vous 160 IDIOMATIC VERBS. dites, I agree to what you say, I grant it. Cette place ne convient pas a tout le monde, that situa- tion does not suit everybody. [This verb is used with avoir when it means to suit, Jit; and with etre when it sig- nifies to agree to, {?r about a thing as :] Cette maison m'aconvenuetje5?mcon- venu du prix, that house suited me, and I agreed to or ahout the price. [It is used impersonally and governs the subjunctive with que and de before an infinitive, as :] II convient que vous y alliez, it is fit, proper, expedient, or re- quisite you should go there. II convient de le faire, it is proper it should he done. [It governs d before a noun, as :] II — a un galant homme d'agir ainsi, it is hecoming a gentleman to act thus. SE — , vr. To suit one another, agree together (as it re- gards taste, temper, &c.) COHBOMPEE, va. To cor- rupft, infect, taint; destroy, spoil; [fig.] l^rihe; [fig.] de- bauch or dejile-, [fig.] falsify, forge, interpolate; [fig.] de~ pfrave. Moeurs corrompues, dissolute morals, Eaux corrompues, putrid waters. L'ltalien et I'Espagnol sont du Latin corrompu, Italiari and Spanish are a kind of corrupt Latin, Juge, electeur corrompu, bribed judge, elector. COUCHER, va. To put to bed; lay, lay down; press down; lodge, lay (the corn, &c.) ; knock (one) down; stoop, lean ; [said of colours, &c.] lay, lay on; stake money (at play). — la vigne, to set a vine-layer in the ground. II le coucha sur le carreau, he laid him dead on the ■ spot. — en joue, to level a pfiece (at one) ; aim (at one or a thing). — sur un registre, to book. — par ecrit, to set or 7vrite down. Le soleil est couche, the sun is set. Avant, apres soleil — , before, after sunset. A soleil — , a little after sunset. Etre — , to be in bed. — , vn. To lie, lie down; rest. — en ville, to sleep abroad. — a I'auberge, to sleep at an inn. — k la belle 6toile, to lie under the canopy of heaven. SE — , vr. To go to bed; lie down, lie flat, set. Allez vous — , go to bed. II n'est pas encore temps de s'aller — , it is not bed- time yet. Le soleil se couchera dans une demi-heure, tlie sun will set in half an hour^s time. Pr. Comme on fait son lit, on se couche, as you have brewedf so you must drink. IDIOIJIATIC VEEBS. 161 COUDEE, vcL To sew, stitch; join, tack. — du linge, to sew linen. — en linge, to lea sempstress. — a grands points, to take long studies. — des passages, to tack pas- sages or scraps. Fr. — la peau du renard a celle du lioD, to vse cun- ning as well as strength against one^s enemies, COULEE, va. To strain (milk, &c.) ; make (a Ije) run; slip, convey cunningly into; cast, melt. — un vaisseau a fond, to sink a skip. — quelqu'un a fond [fig.], to sink a person, imin kirn; nonplus kirn. — un pas, to pass smootkly over a step. — une glace, to cast a plate- glass. — la lessive, to biick. — le cuivre, to melt tJie copper. — quelque chose dans un dis- cours, to insiimate some- tking in a discourse. — des jours heureux, to lead a kappy life. II a coule la main dans ma poche, ke slipped Ms hand into my pocket. II lui coula des guinees dans la main, ke slipped some guineas into ?ds kand. COULEE, vn. To flow or run (as liquors); slip (as a lad- der, &c.); trickle down (as tears); rim or drop (as a nose); gutter (as a candle); lie Uigkted (as fruit); slip away (as time); run smootk (as verses and prose); leak (as a vessel); go or skave smootkly (said of a razor). L'echelle n'avait pas assez de pied, elle coula, tke ladder was too uprigkt, it slipped on gave way. Cela coule de source, tkat is 'natural or original; that comes from tke heart. La chandelle — , tke candle runs. Le temps — rapidement, time flies swiftly. COUPEE, va. and n. To cut; cut off; cut down; cut out; carve ; divide ; geld ; he skarp (as a knife). — mcDU, to mince. — un bois, to fell or cut down a wood. — un habit, to cut out a coat. — la viande, to carve tke meat. — en filets, to cut in fillets. — un pays, to divide a country. — en rond, to round. — les bles, to cut down corn, reap. — par le plus court, to take tke skortest cut. — les ennemis, to kinder tke communication of tke enemy. — quelqu'un, to ciwss one. — la parole a quelqu'un, to interrupt one. — chemin a un mal, to stop an evil. — racine or pied a un abus, to root out a l)ad custom. Cou23er court, to cut skort, ke skort. M 162 IDIOMATIC VEBBS. Pour — court, to be short, in short, — du vin, to brew wine, — son vin, to mix one's wine with water. Un pays coup^, a country in- tersected with rivers, S^c. Un style — , broken, loose style. Du vin, du kit — , wine, milk, and water. Ce rasoir coupe bien, that razor is very sharp. Pr. Couper I'herbe sous le pied a quelqu'un, to suj)- 2)lant one. SE — , vr. To contradict one's self; cut one^s self; cut or hit one leg with the other (as horses do); intersect (as lines, roads, &c.). COUEIR, va. To ride; hunt after ; frequent ; be much about ; be in; drive very fast; pursue; travel over; run at, — la poste, to ride post. — un benefice, une charge, to hunt after a living, an employment. — le bal, les concerts, to fre- quent balls, concerts, — les boutiques, to go out shopping. — ■' sa trentieme annee, to be in one's thirtieth year. — risque, to run the chance. — une belle fortune, to be in a fair way of preferment. — la pretentaine, to gad about. — les mers, to infest the seas. C'est une nouvelle qui court les v\iQ^, that piece of news is threadbare. C'est un predicateur fort couru, he is a preacher greatly followed, Ce spectacle est fort — , that theatre is very well at- tended, Courir, vn. To run ; be ex- tended ; reach ; o verrun ; do too fast ; be spread ad out; gad up and down, — hj toutes jambes, to run with all one's might. — apr^s quelqu'un, to pursue one. — sur Tennemiy to fall upon the enemy. II ne faut pas — en lisant, you must not read too fast. II court un libelle, a libel is spread ahout. Courir k sa perte, to manage one's affairs badly. — sur le march e d'autrui, to out-bid another. — sur les brisees de quel- qu'un, to strive to get what another seehsfor. Faire — un bruit, to spread a report. Le bruit court qu'il est mort, it is reported that he is dead, II — bien des maladies, it is very sickly. L' annee qui — , the present year. Les int^rets courent toujours, the interest runs on. Par le temps qui court, in the present circumstances, as times go. COUTER, va., n. and i. To cost, stand in, be chargeable, expe7isive, dear, painful, or troiiMesome, Cela coute trop cher, it costs too much. IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 163 Combien — la livre de beurre ? what is hutter a pound ? Combien — le litre 1 Tiow much is it a litre ? Combien cela coutera-t-il ? what will it cost ? what will the charge, Sfc, he ? L' argent ne lui coute gu^res, he sets hut little value upon money. Sa mort m'a coute bien des larmes, his death made me shed many tears. Les voyages coMent toujours, travelling is always ex- La gloire coute ^ acquerir, glory is a dear purchase. Que coute-t-il de souhaiter ? ?^6>- thing is so easy as wishing. Tout lui — , he does everything agairist the grain. II m'en — de vous dire, I am grieved to tell you. Fr. II n'y a que le premier pas qui — , the first step is the only difficulty. COUYEIR, va. To cover, coat, lay over ; load, cloali, colour, disguise, conceal; [fig.], de- fend, protect; envelop; over- spread ; overwhelm ; [fig.] cover, copulate, leap. — une maison, to tile or slate a house. — une muraille de marbre, to line, ov Jace a wall with marhle. — les pauvres, to clothe the poor. — tout un pays, to defend a whole country. — de lionte, to load with shame. Couvrir sa faute, to palliate oneh fault. II couvre bien ses desseins, il couvre bien sa marche \^g^ he keeps his designs very secret. CHEYEE, va. To lurst, hreak, tear, rupture; cram with victuals. — une vessie,^6) hreah a hlister — les yeux a quelqu'un, to put out one's eyes. — un cheval, to jade a horse. Cela vous cr^ve les yeux, it stares you in the face. Cela creve le coeur, that's heart hreahing. Crever, vn. To hiirst ; die. La grenade lui creva dans la main, the grenade hurst in his hand. II cr^ve de rire, he laughs im- moderately. Elle creve de chaud, she is extremely hot. Cet homme creve d'orgueil, that man is puffed up with pride. Manger a crever, to eat ready to hurst. CUIHE, va. and n. To Ml, roast, broil, do or dress (vic- tuals, &c.); [fig.] digest, con- coct ; [fig.] ripen (fruit, &c.) he roasting, hoiling, hroil- ing, or hahing ; [fig.] hum ; [fig.] smart. • un peu, to poach, — au four, to hake. entre deux plats, to stew hetween two pans. Faire — un gigot au four, to hake a leg of mutton. 164 IDIOMATIG VERBS. Cela est trop cuit, n'est pas as- sez — , that is overdone, underdone. Le souper cuit, the supper is jjreparing. Les yeux me cuisent comme du feu [fig.] my eyes hum liUeJire. II vous en cuira quelque jour [fig.] you will smart for it some day or other. Pr. Vous viendrez cuire a notre four [by way of a threat.] I shall catch you some day carrying corn to our mill. Fr. Trop gratter cuit, trop parler nuit, one must not ruh an old sore ; the least said is the soonest ' mended. Fr. Avoir du pain cuit, to have a competency; he well off (in some parti- cular things, &c.) Fr. Liberte et pain cuit ! liberty and three meals a day ! DANSER, va, and 7i. To dance. Maitre a — , dancing -master. Danser sur la corde, to dance up 071 the rope. Fr. II ne sait plus sur quel pied — , he is put to his last shifts. Fr. Je le ferai — , I shall cut out worhfor him. Fr. II la dansera, he shall smart for it. ^ DECHAEGER, va. To dis- charge, unload (goods) ; ease; free or release; unload (fire- arms) ; Jlre off ; clear or acquit from; oi^en; empty; give or bestow ; vent ; lop. De charger un chariot, to un- load a waggon. — sa conscience, to ease one^s conscience. — quelqu'un de soins, to free one from cares. -—quelqu'un d'un crime, to acquit one of a crime. — son coeur a un ami, to open 07ie's heart to a friend. — un coup de poing, un coup de baton, to give a great cuff, a great blow with a sticli. \Assener is better.] — sa colore sur quelqu'un, to vent one^s anger upon one. — un arbre, to lop a tree. DEFAIRE, va. To unmake, undo; defeat, rout ; kill, put to death; untie; break; free, rid of. — un lit, to unmake a bed. — une armee, to defeat an army. — un noeud, to untie a knot, — un mariage, to break a marriage. Je vous deferai de cet impor- tun, Til rid you of that troublesome fellow. SE — , vr. To get rid of; leave off; despatch; kill; shake off ; sell ; put off; part with; turn away; be dashed ; fall to pieces, get decomposed (alluding to things.) — d'un vice, to leave off a vice, — de sa compagnie, to get rid of one's company. — d'un ennemi, to despatch an enemy. IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 165 Se d6faire de ses prejuges, to shake off one's ijrejudices. ' — de sa marchandise, to put off one's wares. — d'un domestique, to turn away a servant. — d'une mauvaise habitude, to hreak one's self oj an ill habit. Get homme s'est defait lui- meme, that man com- mitted suicide. DEFENDEE, va. To dejend, protect; screen Jrom; Jor- bid^ prohibit. — sa vie, tojightfor one's life. — le vin, le jeu, to forbid wine, gaming. — quelque chose sous peine de la vie, to forbid a tiling upon the penalty of death. Cette montagne nous defend du vent, that mountain screens us from the wind. A son corps defendant, in one's own defence; unwillingly. Faire une chose — , to do a thing reluctantly. On a defendu le port d'armes, the carrying of arms is prohibited. On lui a — de le faire, he has been forbidden to do it. Livres defendus, prohibited boohs. Le fruit defendu, the forbidden fruit. Pr. Bien attaqu6, bien de- fendu, tit for tat ; they are well matched. DEFIER, va. To defy, chal- lenge ; put to defiance^ bid defiance; dare (one) to do : (his) worst. Je vous defie de deviner qui est venu nous voir au- jourd'hui, / lay you will not guess who came to see us to-day. Je vous en defie, do your worst. Pr. II ne faut jamais defier un fou, one must never bid defiance to a madman. SE — , vr. To suspect, mistrust; be diffdent ; suspect. — de ses forces, de son esprit, to distrus toners own strength or understanding. Je ne m'en serais jamais defie, I should never have sus- pected it. DEMANDED; va. and some- times n. To ask, desire, ask for, inquire after ; beg, crave; want, require; wish for; sue for. — avec instance, to imiJlore. — le nom d'une personne, to ask the name of one. — le chemin, to inquire for the way, — quelqu'un, to ask for one. — de la pluie, to want or re- quire rain. — le paiement d'une dette, to sue for the payment of a debt. Ne — que plaie et bosse, to be fond of strife and conten- tion; delight in mischief. II ne demande pas mieux, it is the very thing he wants. Yotre habit en — un autre, you want another coat. Cela demande beaucoup de soins, that requires a great deal of care. On vous — , you are wanted. 166 IDIOMATIC VEEBS. Qui me — 1 who wants me ? Combien demandez-vous de..? how much do you ask or charge for ., .? Je vous demanderai la carafe, Til thanh you for the de- canter. Je vous en — un peu, Fll thank you for a little. DEMELER, va. To disen- tangle; distinguish; clear up, unravel; find out, discover; debate; decide, put an end to. — du fil, to disentangle thread. — les cheveux, to disentangle or comb out one^s hair. — le vrai du faux, or le vrai d'avec le faux, to distin- guish truth from falsehood — des cartes, to sort cards. — quelqu'un dans la foule, to distinguish one in the crowd. — une dif&culte [fig.], to clear a difficulty. lis ont toujours quelque chose ^ — ensemble, they are continually wrangling about something. Je ne veux rien avoir h. — avec lui, I will have no manner of business with him. DEMEURER, vn. To live, dwell; co7itinue, stay, stop, re- main, tarry; stand; he left. — a la campagne, to live i7i the country. — sur la place, to be left dead upon the place. — dans une harangue, to stop in a speech. — sur son app6tit, not to eat one's bellyful. Demeurer sur la bonne bouche, not to put one's mouth out of taste with anything else. — en beau cbemin, to stop in a fair tvay. — d'accord, to agree, grant. — en arri^re, to be in arrears. — en reste, to be behindhand. — a ne rien faire, to stand idle. — les bras croises, to sit still, — - interdit, to remain speech- less. — confus, to be abashed. — muet, to be struck dumb, — garant, to be a surety. Demeurez ici jusqu'a mon re- tour, stay here till I come back. L' affaire n'en demeurera pas la, the matter will never end there. S'il en fut demeure la, had he been contented with that. Demeurons-en 1^, no more of that; let it go no farther, II demeure, or better, il loge a I'enseigne de la couronne, he lives or lodges at the Crown. Nous avons demeure en Italie, et ma sceur y est de- meur^e, we lived in Italy, and my sister remained there. Get affront lui est demeur6 sur le coeur, he coidd not digest that insidt, DETOURNER, va. To turn aside, put (one) out of (bis) way; secrete, divert ; [fig.] dissuade, deter, hinder ; avert; [fig.] wrest or distort (the sense of a passage, law, or word) ; convert to one's IDIOMATIC YERBS. 167 ov)n use, embezzle; disturb, draw away. Detourner un voyageur de son chemin, to put a tra- veller out of his way, — ses effets, to secrete onis goods (in order to frus- trate one's creditors). — le cours d'une riviere, to change the course of a river. — d'un mauvais dessein, to dissuade or deter from a bad design. — Torage, to dispel the storm. — de r etude, to hinder from study. — les yeux d'un spectacle, to turn one^s eyes from a sight. J'ai peur de vous — , I am afraid to disturb or in- terrupt you. Ne detournez pas mes ouvri- ers, don't disturb my men. J'aurais acheve mon ouvrage si je n'avais pas ete de- tourn6, / should have finished my work had 1 not been disturbed. Eue detournee, by-street. Chemin d6toume, by-way. Louange detournee, indirect praise. Voie — , indirect conveyance; indirect dealing. DIEE, va. To tell, say, speak; relate; assert; leave word (at any place) ; mean, sig- nify; judge, foretell; bid or offer (mone J for goods); [fig.] sing, celebrate } [fig.] teach, inform. Faire, envoyer dire, to send word. Dire des duretes, to rudely. — la bonne aventure, to tell oyie's fortune. Trouver k — , to find wanting, or amiss; find fault. — du bien d'une personne, to speah well of one. — a quelqu'un son fait, to tell one his own. — h I'oreille, to whisper in one's ear. Faites-iui — sa legon, hear her say her lesson. Dites-moi vos Jegons, let me hear your lessons. Si le coeur vous en dit, if you have a liking to it. Le coeur vous en dit 1 have you a mind to it ? Qu'est-ce que cela veut dire ? what is the meaning of that ? Cela veut — . . ., the meaning is . . . Cela va sans — , that requires no explanation, it is a matter of course. Ce n'est pas a — que . . ., it does 7 tot follow that . . . Est-ce a — pour cela que . . . ? does it argue or does it follow that ... 1 C'est-a-dire, that is to say. Pour ainsi dire, if 1 may say so. Cela vous plait a — , 1 don't agree ivith you ; you are pleased to say so. II s'en trouve plus de vingt ^ — , there are more than twenty wanting. Dites chez moi, chez lui, &c., que . . ., leave word at my house, at his house, &c., that ... 168 IDIOMATIC YERBS. Comme dit T autre, as the say- ing is. Elle a de beaux yeux, mais ils ne disent rien, she has fine eyeSy hut they want expression. Charles Y., dit le Sage, Charles v.. surnamed the Wise^ [This verb has sometimes three regimens iia the same sentence : as,] II a dit de vous a votre p^re, tous les biens du monde, he said to your father all thegoodimaginahle of you. [When they wish to attract the attention of a parti- cular person, or call back, they say, in familiar dis- course, for instance,] Dites done, monsieur, rhomme, la femme, &c., / say^ sir, man, woman, BONNER, va. To give; he- stow, confer, present with, make a present; deliver, im- part, communicate; put into one^s power; pay; transmit from one's self to another hand; lend; mahe or he at the expense of; grant, allow; ascrihe, father upon;commit to the care of; cause, occa- sion; devote to (a certain use) ; make a sacrifice of ; produce, yield ; warrant ; inspire,infuse into the mind, (he; suggest. — son linge a blanchir, to put out one^s washing. — de la ifiarchandise a credit, to sell goods upon credit. Donner caution, un repondant to give hail or security. — un rendez-vous, to appoint a place of meeting. — jour, heure, to appoint a day or an hour, name it. — des legons a quelqu'un, dans une pension, une maison d'education or une institution, to attend, a person, a school or aca- demy (as a teacher). — quittance, to give a receipt. — parole, sa parole, to pass one^s word, engage. — la comedie, to make one^s self a laughing stock. — des coups de hkton,to cudgel. — un soufflet, to give a hox on the ear. — un dementi, to give the lie. — de Fair a une chambre, to let in the air. — les mains a une chose, to consent to a thing. — avis, conseil, to advise, in- form. — un livre au public, to pub- lish a hook. — de I'amour, to inspire love. — de la joie, to gladden. — de la peine, to trouble. — le bon jour, le bon soir ^ quelqu'un, to hid or wish one a good day or night. — la mort [tig.], to hreak one's heart. — le jour [fig.] to give birth. — prise sur soi, to give one's enemies an advantage, — le branle a une affaire, to set an affair a-going. — tete baissee dans une af- faire ; dans le danger, to run headlong into an af- fair; into danger. IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 169 Donner de la besogne or du fil a retordre, to cut out work for one. — deV encen&,to flatter,praise. — exemple, to set an exam'ple. — cours ^ une opinion, to spread an opinion, — le ton, to set the fashion. — carriere a son esprit, to give one^s wit its full scope. — tout aux apparences, to go altogether by outward ap- pearances. — entree, to let in, into. Donnez des sieges, hrhig chairs. Donnez-nous a boire, ^ laver, give us some water to drink, to %vash. Je le donne a toute la terre ensemble a deviner, 1 defy all the world toge- ther to guess it. Je vous en donne deux gui- nees, 1 give you two gui- neas for it. Je ne puis les donner ^ ce prix, / cannot afford to sell them at that price. Je ne saurais les — a moins, / cannot let them go for less. Quel age lui donnez-vous ? How old do you take him or her to he ? II ne Taura jamais plus belle, he never loill have a fairer opportunity. Tout le monde lui donne tort, everybody blames him, Je vous le donne pour un ga- lant homme, 1 assure you he is a gentleman. A qui donne-t-on cet ouvrage ? to whom is that perform- ance ascribed ? Vous donnez un sens tout con- traire ^ mes paroles, you put quite a contrary con- struction on my words. II ne sait ou donner de la tete, he does not know which way to turn himself. Donner, vn. To deal (at cards); engage, fight ; charge ; attach a value or im- portance to; [applied to trees, &c.] bear. — sur la rue [said of a build- ing, &c.], to front the street, — a plomb sur la fenetre [speaking of the sun], to be directly upon the window. — dans les tableaux, to be a lover of paintings. — au but, to hit the mark. — dans le panneau, to suffer one^s self to be imposed upon. — ^ entendre, to hint. — a connaitre, to let (one) know. — apenser, to make (one) think, give (him) reason to think, — dans une ambuscade, to fall into an ambuscade. A qui est-ce a — ? who is to deal ? C'est a vous a — , you are to deal. Cette femme donne bien a parler d'elle, that woman makes herself greatly talked of. II a donn6 dedans, he is caught, Je donne beaucoup au hasard, 1 depend a good deal upon chance. La garde imperiale donna, the imperial guards charged, DKESSER, va. To make 170 IDIOMATIC VERBS. straight: raise or set up^ erect, build ; place perpen- dicularly ; draw up (a plan, a writing, &c.) ; [fig.] train up, bring up, instruct. Dresser una pierre, to square a stone, — la vigne, to dress the vine. — une all6e, to roll a walk. — un arbre, to trim a tree. — un livre, to beat a booh even. — un camp, to pitch a camp. — des tentes, to pitch tents. — une batterie de canons, to erect or raise a battery of cannon. — desembuches, ^o^a?/5?2ar^5. — du linge, to get up linen. — un buffet, to lay out a side- hoard. — un ecrit, to draw up a writing. — les oreilles, to pricTc up one^s ears. — un cheval, to break a horse. ECLATEE, vn. To split; shi- ver ox fall into many parts; shine, glitter; [fig.] blaze out, break out ; appear. — de rire, to hurst out into laughter. Eaire — son ressentiment, to show one^s resentment, give it vent. — contre quelqu'un, to cry out or exclaim against one. — en injures, en invectives, en reproches, to hurst forth into abuse or violent re- proaches. Ce fut pour lors qu'il eclata, it was then he became out- rageous. Tout eclate a la fin, all will come to light in the end. ECOECHER, va. To flay, skin, gall, fret ; peel off ; scrape off; grate (the ears); [fig.] exact upon; [fig.] murder (a language). — un boDuf, to skin an ox. Ce marchand est un Juif, il 6corclie tout ses cbalands, that shopkeeper is a Jew, he imposes upon all his customers. 11 ecorche le Francais, he speaks broken French, he murders it. Ma jambe est tout ecorcli6e, the skin is torn off my leg. Pr. Jamais beau parler n'ecor- cha langue, fair words break no bones. Pr. II n'y a rien de plus diffi- cile a ecorcher que la queue, the conclusion of an affair is the most diffi- cult part of it. Pr. — I'anguille par la queue, to begin at the wrong end, EMBAERASSER, va. To embarrass, obstruct, clog, encumber ; [fig.] trouble, vex; distress, puzzle, Cette charette embarrasse le cbemin, that cart obstructs or stops up the way. Cela m'embarrasse, that is in ony way, Yous Fembarrassez, you are in his vmy, you are trou- blesome to him. II est embarrasse de sa per- sonne, he knows not what to do with himself. S'embarrasser, vr. To trouble one^s self about (a thing); he disturbed at ; be con-^ IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 171 cerned at ; confound one's self (in speaking) ; en- tangle one^s self (in an affair). Ne vous embarrassez point dans cette affaire-la,c/o not he concernedin that affair. Ne vous embarrassez point de cette affaire-la, do not trouhleyourself about that. Ne vous — point de lui, donH mind him. II ne s'embarrasse de rien, he is very easy; he takes things very easy. Sa tete s'embarrasse, he he- gins to he light-headed. Sa poitrine s'embarrasse, his hreast hegins to fill. ENFONCER, va. To heat, drive, force, pvM, or thrust downovin; sinh,ram; rout; stick, hreah open, hiock in ; [fig.] search, drive into; a trimJcmaker' s term. — un clou dans la muraille, to drive a nail into a wall. — des pieux, to dive down stakes. — son chapeau, to slouch one^s hat. — un bataillon, to hreak through a battalion. — une futaille, to clap on a hotiora to a cask. Enfoncer, vn. To sink, dive, dip, give way. La nacelle enfonca dans I'eau, the skiff sunk in the water. S' — , vr. To sink, plunge into ; go deep, far, or a great way in; [fig.] addict one's ' self entirely to a thing. \ Enfoncer dans le bois, to go\ into the thickest part of the wood. Enfoncer dans le lit, to sink down in one^s bed, ENLEYER, va. To lift up, raise, heave up ; blow up ; carry avjay forcibly, run away with ; [fig.] carry off, sweep off; kill ; take away ; take to the ground; take off ; takeout; take from; buy up, engross; [fig.] charm, de- light. On enleve les plus grosses pierres avec une grue, the largest stones are raised by cranes. Enlever des marchandises, to engross commodities. — des taclies,^o take out spots. — la peau, to take the skin off. — ses auditeurs [fig.], to charm one's hearers. — une place d'assaut, to storm a place. La mort I'a enleve k la fleur de son age, death sivept him off in his prime. Ses manieres m' enld vent, I am charmed by his manners. ENTENDRE, va. To hear ; [fig.] understand, compre- hend ; [fig.] be skilled in, have skill. On fait tant de bruit qu'on ne s'entend pas. they make so much noise, that one can- not hear one another. Je le lui ai entendu dire, / heard him say so. J'ai entendu dire, / heard some people sa.y so. Je ne I'ai jamais entendu, 1 172 IDIOMATIC VERBS. have never heard him (preach, read, or sing). EnteDdre dur, to he hard of hearing. — raison, to listen to reason. — le niimero, to understand business. — malice, to taJce something in a had sense, — finesse, to find out some vnt in a thing. II n'entend malice a rien, he takes everything in the obvious sense or meaning. Je n'y entends point de finesse, I have no design to impose upon you. Faitescomme vous Tentendez, do as you think fit. Entendons-nous, let us come to a right understanding. Comment I'entendez-vous ? what do you mean by that ? Pr. Chacun fait comme il 1' en- tend, everybody does as he lists. Entendre, vn. To mean, ex- pect, intend. Je n' entends point parler a ceux qui, &c., / do not pretend to speah to those who., (he. J'ai toujours entendu que vous feriez cela, I always intended that you should do that. Je n'entends pas qu'il soit in- vite, / do not intend that he should he invited. Donner a entendre or laisser a — , to hint. ENTREE, vn. To enter, come in, go in, get in ; [fig.] begin to do (something) meet ; be concerned '.^ share. Entrer soudainement, or sur- venir, to pop in. — bien avant, to penetrate, — dans sa maison, to enter into one^s house. — dans le monde, to enter upon the stage of the world. — en conversation, to begin to converse, — h, huit heures [said of com- panies or bodies that as- semble], to meet at eight dcloch, — pour tant dans une affaire, to be concerned for so much in an affair, — dans les affaires, dans les plaisirs de quelqu'un, to be instrumental to one*s affairs, pleasures. — en condition, en service, to get into a situation, — en gout, to begin to relish, — en colore, to fall into a passion. — dans les int6r§ts de quel- qu'un, to side with one ; feel for or espouse his in- terests. — dans ses besoins, to sympa- thize with his vjants, — dans la pens6e d'une per- sonne, to take the mean- ing of one, — en age, to be of age, — dans sa trenti^me annee, to enter into the thirtieth year of one's age. — en composition, to hearken to an accommodation. ! — en jeu, to come into play ; ! have one's turn. \ — en danse, [fig.] to engage at I last in an affair, in a \ war, (he. IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 173 Entrer en charge, en emploi, to enter u^oon any employ- ment. — en possession d'un bien, to get into the possession of an estate. — en concurrence avec quel- qu'un, to enter into com- petition ivith one, — en negociation, to begin a negotiation., set a negotia- tion on foot, — dans le detail des choses, to come,, descend.^ or enter into 'particulars, Faire — quelque cliose dans un discours, to introduce something in a speech, Je ne pourrai jamais faire — toutes ces phrases dans un feuillet, / shall never he able to get all these sentences in one leaf, II entre six verges de drap dans ce manteau, there are six yards of cloth in this cloak. Yoici un remade oii ii entre de Tor, the7^e is gold in that remedy, II y entre pour un cinqui^me, he is engaged for one fifth. On ne saurait lui rien faire entrer dans la tetCj^o^^Am^ can be beat into his head, II entre de I'ambition et de I'inter^t dans sondessein, ambition and interest have a great share in his design. La vertu n'y entre pour rien, mrtue is entirely oict of the ENTEETENIR, va. To hold fast together, hold together, keep up; keep in repair; [fig.] keep, preserve, main- tain, continue, fom.ent; [fig.] defray, nurse, cherish ; con- verse with (one), hoM (him) in discourse, entertain, talk with, Entretenir les chemins, les ponts, une maison, to re- pair the roads, the bridges, a house, keep them in re- pair, — des correspondances dans les pays etrangers, to keep a correspondence abroad, — sa douleur, to cherish or indjulge one's grief, — une armee, une garnisoD, to maintain an army, a garrison, — un enfant au college, to maintain a boy at college, — un grand train, to keep a large house. Cette piece de bois entretient toute la charpente, tha.t beam keeps up all the timber-work, S' — vr. To keep one's self; keep one^s self in the same state] speak of (a thing); converse with; amuse Okie's self ; be preserved, be kept up. — avec quelqu'un, to discourse with one, — par lettres, to converse by letters, — de quelqu'un, ^o^^^a^o/ 072^. — de bagatelles, to talk of trifles, S' entretenir avec Dieu, to converse with God, employ one's self with divine me- ditation. 174 IDIOMATIC VERBS. S'entretenir avec soi-meme, to commune with one^s self. II a de quoi — honnetement, he has got a decent main- tenance. lis s'entretiennent d'habits, theyjind their own clothes. ETHE, vi. To U; exist; be- long ; hecome ; go ; come ; consist ; he concerned in. Cela est, cela n'est pas, that is true, or that is not true. Cela est de justice, cela est de droit, that is just or right. II est couche, il est debout, he is do?vn, he is up. II n'est point a lui, he is vio- lently agitated or out of his senses. Cette maison est a lui, that house is his, or belongs to him. Etre de moitie, to go halves. Soit, eh bien soit, well, let it he so. On ne peut pas etre et avoir ete, one cannot eat a cake and have a cahe. II est de Paris, he is a native of Paris. Get effet est de la succession, this effect mahes apart of the succession. II est fortement pour cette opinion, he is wedded to that opfinion. Je suis a vous dans un mo- ment, / 7vill come to you in a moment. II sera long-temps a cet ou- vrage, he will he a long time doing that worh. II est d'un honnete homme, il est du devoir d'un hon- nete homme de faire cela, it hecomes an honest man, or it is the duty of an honest man to do. II est de la justice de payer ses dettes, it is an act of justice to 2)ay one's dehts. II n'est pas en moi de I'eviter, it does not depend upon me to avoid it. Etre de toutes les parties de plaisir, to make one in all the parties of pleasure. Je suis de toutes ses parties, I partahe of all his plea- sures. J'en suis pour mon argent, I have lost my money therehy. Dans cette banqueroute il en a ete pour mille ecus, he has lost three thousand livres hy that hanhruptcy. II est en argent, he has got money now. II lui a donne un soufflet, et il n'en a rien 6te, he gave him a Mow, and that with impunity. Ces vers sont de Byron, these verses were made hy Byron . En etes-vous loge-la ? are you of that opinion? Vous etes a cent piques de son sentiment, you are very far from his opinion. Ou en est-on de la comedie ? what part of the play are they acting ? Nous en sommes a recom- mencer, we must hegin again. Oh en etes-vous de votre Italien ? how far are you advanced with your Italian ? IDIOMATIC VERBS. 175 J'en suis a la Syntaxe, I am in the Syntax. II est a craindre, it is to I?e feared. C'est a vous a le faire, you are \ to do it. I Je ne lui suis rien, I am not \ his relation. \ Cela est bien cle lui, that is \ exactly like him. ; Etre bien avec quelqu'un, to ' he on good terms with one. \ — mal avec quelqu'un, to he out with one. Ce fruit est de garde, the fruit will hee]j well. Vous y ^tes, you have hit the nail xq^on tJie head. \ Vous n'y etes pas, you are far from the mark. Cela n'en est pas, celui-lk n'en est point, that is not according to our hargain or agreement. Vous ne m'aviez pas dit que les coups en seraient aussi, you did not make Moivs part oj the hargain. Promets-moi que les coups n'en seront ^omi^promise me not to make use of Mows. N'est pas toujours gai qui veut, he who ivishes to he merry is not always so. II est des importuns dans le monde, there are trouhle- sonie people in the world. Etre d'une societe, to helong to a society. — d'une affaire, d'un traite, d'un embarquement, to he concerned in an affair^ in an agreement^ in shipping goods. FAIEE, va. To do, make; create; hear., exert; con- struct., frame., coin ; wor% effect., perform; act, perso- nate; assume, (ff'^ct, pre- tend, set tip for ; he, cause, get, hring, raise ; hid, get, cause, order ; fashion,form, improve; use, nurse, t?'ain up; [fig.] give out, spread, tell ; [fig.] collect, make (money, kc), gather; [fig.] deal; sell; raise ;takein;reap,7no7v;look; value, rate at a certain price. ' — Taumone, to give alms. — ~ la charite, to bestow charity, — une bonne ceuvre, una ceuvre de charite, to do a good work, an act of charity. — la quete, to collect alms. — UD mauvais coup, to do a had action, — un sottise, to act foolishly. — une incartade, to insult rashly. — un coup de tete, to do a mad-hrained action. — des siennes, to do some foolish, had, or violent action. — une faute contre le bon sens, contre la bienseance, to do something against good sense, against the rules of decency or de- corum. — une faute de langue, de grammaire, to make had language, false grammar. — reflection, to reflect. — attention a, to mind, attend, yay attention to. — la cour or sa cour a quel- qu'un, to court one. 176 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Faire la grimace, des grimaces, to make faces. — tort a quelqu'un, to wrong one. — plaisir, to give pleasure, — mal, to hurt — des dettes, to contract debts. — figure, to Gilt ajigure. — flores, to malie a greater ex- fense than one can afford. — ressource, to raise the wind. — fete a quelqu'un, to caress one. — la vie, to be of or to have a dririkin^ bout. — la meridienne, to take an afternoon's nap. '- — les cartes [at piquet], to gain the odd trick. — main basse, to fall upon. — maison nette, to discharge all one's servants^ in order to take others. — les yeux doux, to cast an amorous look. — la toute aimable, to act the coquet. — une planche, to make a precedent. — la plancke aux autres, to pave the way for oilier s. — quelqu'un riche de cent mille ecus, to think one worth three hundred thou- sand francs^ orjifty thou- sand French crowns, — la pluie et le beau temps, to have everything at com- mand. — affaire, to conclude a bar- gain. ^- bien ses affaires, to thrive well. — son apprentissage, to serve otie's apprenticeship, \ Faire son noviciat, to pass through one's novitiate, — quarantaine, or la quaran- taine, to perform quaran- tine. — sa besogne, to do one's task. — achat, emplette, to buy, pur- chase. — ses adieux, to bid adieu. — un bon diner, to eat a good dinner. — la barbe, le poil, to shave, trim. — banqueroute, to break, turn bankrupt. — bon, to engage to pay. — bonne chhre^tofare daintily. — gras, to eatjiesh. — maigre, to abstain from flesh. — car^me, to keep Lent. — didte, to diet one's self. — une chambre, to clean a room.. — la couverture, to turn the bed down. — la cuisine, to cook. — les cheveux, to cut one's hair. — une longue traite, to walk a long way. — beaucoup de chemin, to walk a great way. — cas, to make account of. — ses devotions, to receive the sacrament. — effet, to operate. — des excuses, to apologize, — les foins, to make hay, — fortune, to make one's for- tune. — une faute, to commit a fault. — fonds sur, to rely or depend upon. ir>IO:MATIC TEEBS. 177 Faire un foncls, to lay ty a Faire la quarantaine. to 'per- sum of money for some ; form, quarantine. use. I — sentinelle, to stand sentry. — la gaide, to oe upon guard. \ — uq tour de promenade, to — un jardin, to make or dress take a walk. a garden. , \ — voile, to sail, set sail. — le lit, to make the led. \ — le badin, to play the fool. — > une lieue a pied, to walk a \ — batir, to cause to le iuilt. league. i — agir, to employ people. — des lois, to enact laws. j — le diable a qucitre, to play — la loi, to command, give \ the devil. laws. I — entrer, to bid to come in. — la moisson, to reap the har- \ — eau, to le leaky. vest. i — mourir, to kill. — des malhonnetetes, to le- : — le savant, to set up for a have unmannerly. j learned man. — des bassesses, to leJiave \ — I'entendu, or le capable, to meanly. ■ j pretend to great maMers. — un metier, to exercise a\ — le malade, f6> sham a sick- trade. I ness. — un gros negoce, to drive a \ — Thomme d'importance, to great trade. — Toffice, to perform divine service. — la paque, to keep the y ass- over. — ses paques, to receive the sacrament. — ses petits, to Iring forth. — le proems k quelqu'un, to try one. — lorotession de, to practise. — la profession d'avocat, to le a lawyer. — la medecine, to practise medicine. i — des armes, to fence. assume consequence. — le grand, to carry it high. — le fin, to act it cunningly. — semblant, to make as if, feign. — la prade, to affect prudery. — le fanfaron, to play the lully. — le bee a quelqu'un, to give one his cue. — le chien couchant, to cringe and fawn like a dog. — d'une mouche un elephant, to make a mountain of a mole-hill. savoir, to let one know. ■profession des armes, tole — venir, to call, or send for. Faire faire, to bespeak a thing; getitwAide; oblig enforce, put upon. II fait faire une montre d'or a repetition, he has le- spoken a gold repeater. a soldier. — des recrues, to recruit. — une compagnie, un regi- ment, to raise a company, a regiment. — une question, to ask a ques- tion. TS 178 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Je le lui ferai faire, 1 shall put or set him about it. I La pauvrete fait faire bieo des ! choses, poverty puts one upon many things. Les oiseaux font des ceufs, birds lay eggs, Un oiseau qui fait son nid ; une arraignee qui fait sa toile, a bird that builds its nest ; a spider that spins its web. C'est une nouvelle qu'on a fait a plaisir, it is a piece of news that has been forged for sorae purpose. II ne fait rien de toute la jour- nee, he does nothing, or is idle the whole day. C'est un homme a tout faire, he is a man capable of do- ing every sort of mischief. Une fille a tout — , a maid of all vjork. II a fait un cours de philoso- phie experimentale, he went through, or he at- tended, a course of expe- rimental philosophy. Les religieux font trois voeux, friars take three vows. Des que j'aurai fait, je suis k vous, as soon as I have done, I will be with you. Quel tour vous avez fait 1 what a way you went round! II a fait son chemin eii peu de temps, he got a large for- tune in a little while. II fait bien ses affaires, he is in flourishing circumstances. C'est un homme dont on fait ce qu'on veut, he is a man easily managed or per- suaded. Les voyages Font fait h la fatigue, travelling has inured him to fatigue. II est fait a son badinage, he is accustomed to his or her jokes. Que faites-vous aujourd'hui? what will become of you to-day ? II ne fait que jouer, he does nothing but play. EUe ne fait qu'aller et venir, she is continually going backward and forward. II ne fait que dormir, he is ahoays asleep. Cette jeune demoiselle ne fait que croitre et embellir, that young lady grows handsomer and taller every day. Attendez-moi, je ne fais qu'al- ler et venir, stay for me, I shall be back again in a moment, II ne fait que de sortir, que d'arriver, he is just gone out, arrived. Nous ne fesons que de com- mencer, we do but begin ; we have just now begun. Si vous n'avez que faire de ce livre-la, pretez-le moi, if you can spare that book, lend it me. Je n'ai que faire d'y aller, / need not go thither. II en fait un grand commerce, he sells a great deal of it, 11 ne salt pas faire son metier, he does not U7iderstand his business. II ne fesait semblant de rien, he acted slily, cautioiosly, Ce petit gargon fait le mutin, IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 179 that little hoy is froward or refractory. Toutes ces qualites-1^ font le grand homme, all those qualities constitute a great man, Combien faites vous cette etoffe-R I how much do you ash for that stuff? what do you sell it for ? how much do you charge for it ? Vous la faites trop cher, you ask too m.uch for it. Cela fait toutes mes delices, that is all my delight. On le fesait mort, they gave out that he was dead. On avait raison de la faire belle, car elle Test, they were in the right to cry up her heauty, for she is really handsome. Cela lui fera des envieux, that ivill bring envy upon him. Sa langue lui a fait une me- chante affaire, his tongue has brought him into a Cette femme a fait de grandes passions, that ivomaii has raised ardent passio7is, has had many admirers. Vn remade qui fait suer, a medicine that promotes perspiration or sweating. Kopium fait dormir, opium promotes sleep, or makes one sleep. Faites-le entrer, bid him come in. II le fit mettre a mort, he ordered him to be put to death. Cette pluie-Ik fera lever vos plantes, this rain will fetch up your plants. Elle les fera lever, it will fetch them up. L'amour seul a fait tons mes malheurs, love has been the cause of all my mis- fortunes. Si vous faites ce que je vous conseille, if you but take TRy advice. II me tit la de nouvelles ques- tions, there or then he put fresh questions to me. lis se firent tous deux beau- coup d'honnetetes, great civilities passed between them. Fasse le ciel que ce jour fatal ne soit paspr^t d'arriver ! heaven grant that the fa - tal day be not too near ! Cela fait un fort bel effet, that looks very well. Vous plaignez-vous de moi ? n'ai-je pas bien fait les choses ? do you complain of me ? have I not done honourably by you ? II vous fesait en moins de rien un gros volume, he would knock up a large volume in a twinkling. Je ne puis que faire a cela, je ne sais qu'y faire, je n'y sauraisque faire, / ca^^io^ help it. Que voulez-vous que j'y fasse? how will you have me help it? [The following phrases are proverbial:] Qui a fait I'un a fait Pautre, they are both cast in the same mould. 180 IDIOMATIC YEEBS. G'est un faire le saut, it is an absolute necessity. II a bien fait ses orges dans cet emploi, he has ma.de a fine hand in that employment. Faites-en des choux, ou des raves, do as you list with it, or with them. 11 en fait comme des choux de son jardin,Ae makes quite free with it, or with them. Maison faite, et femme a faire, one should take a house quite finished, and a young wife whom- he may mould as he pleases. L'occasion fait le larron, op- portunity makes a thief. II faut se faire a tout evene- ment, we must take our lot as it falls out. Faire venir, or attirer, les pigeons au colombier, to get customers ; bring grist to the mill. Pr. — d'une pierre deux coups, to kill two birds loith one stone. Faire, w^. To do, act; go; make; be; suit; agree; look; contribute; trade; [at cards,] deal; see, be sure that, dec. II fait de son mieux, de son pis, he does his best, his worst. II a fait avec moi, I have done with him. Vous dites une chose qui ferait centre vous, you say something that would tell against you. Cela ne fait rien a T affaire, that is nothing to the purpose. Qu'est ce que cela vous fait ? what is that to you ? Cet habit fait fort bien, tha^ suit fits very well. Ces deux choses font fort bien ensemble, these two things look very well together. Ce tableau-ill ne fait pas bien oil il est, il ferait mieux ailleurs, this picture does not look luell where it is, it would have a better effect in another place. L'or fait bien avec le Yevt,gold looks well upon green. La joie fait beaucoup pour la sante, joy contributes much to health. II fait pour un autre, he trades for another. C'est h. madame a faire, the lady is to deal. Je viens de faire, 1 have just dealt. Faites qu'il soit content, see that he is satisfied. Faites en sorte qu'il ne I'aper- 9oive pas, managematters so that he may not per- ceive her. SE FAIRE, vr. To get; im- prove ; grow ; use or inure one's self (to a thing) ; turn, become ; give one's self out ; happen ; be done, be made. Se faire des amis, to get friends. — aimer, to make one's self beloved. — des affaires, to bring one's self into trouble. — des ennemis, to bring ene- mies upon one's back. — fort, to take upon one's self. — a la fatigue, to i7iure one's self to hardships. IDIOMATIC VERBS. 181 Se faire Lair, to make one\ self hated. — habiller, to buy clothes. — riche, to grow rich; give one's self out for being rich — religieux, to turn a monh. — tort, to prejudice^ wrong one^s self. — a tout, to use one^s self to everything. — voir, to show one's self. — medecin, to become a phy- sician. — les ongles, to pare one^s nails. — 8B,igner,to get one's self bled. Se faire faire les cheveux, to get one^s hair cut. Le vin se fait, or se bonifie, en bouteille, wine improves in bottle, II se fait vieux, ^6 i5 getting old. Je ne sais comment cela se fesait, mais nos malades mouraient tous, 1 do not know how it happened^ but all our patients died. Si cela se peut faire, si c'est une chose qui se puisse faire, if that can be done. Se peut-il faire, que vous n'en sachiez rien ? is it possible that you know nothing of the matter? Comment se fait-il que . . . ? how is it, or hoio does it happen that . . . ? S'en faire accroire, to be self- conceited. S'en faire un devoir, to make a point, or rule of it. FALLOIR, vi. Must, to be necessary, requisite, needful, be vjanting. II fallait dix annees de novi- ciat, a ten years' noviciate was required. II faut faire cela, that must be done. II fallait faire cela, that shoidd have been done. II fallait y aller, you should have gone thither. li me fallut aussi payer les frais, / was fain to pay the costs. II faudrait que les enfans ap- prissent tous les jours quelque chose par cceur, ch ildren sho u Id commit every day something to memory. II lui faudrait une voiture, he or she should have a car- nage. II lui aurait fallu de I'argent, he or she should have had money. II aurait fallu s'y prendre ainsi, you^ &c., should have gone that way to work. Faut-il le demander ? need \fotc ask ? Faut-il s'etonner que . . . ? is it OMy wonder that ... ? II — peu de chose pour vivre, little is needful to live on, II se plaint toujours, on ne sait ce qu'il lui — , he is always complaining, one does not know what he is in need of. II me — de I'argent, du bois, de I'eau, / must have, or Iivant some money, ivood, water. II me faut un habit, / must, have a coat. 182 IDIOMATIC YERBS, Tu es rhomme qu'il me faut, thou art the man I want. Combien vous faut-il ? liorv much do I owe you ? Que lui faut-il pour sa peine ? how much must he have for his trouble ? II demande plus qu'il ne lui — , he asks more than his due. II ne se conduit pas comme il — , he does not behave as he should. Faites cela comme il faut, do that as it should de. Je Tai rosse comme il — , / heat him soundly. Un homme comme il — , a respectahle man, a gentle- man. Des gens comme il — , well hred people, respectable people. Elle a I'air tr^s comme il — , she looks lady-like. II n'en faut pas davantage pour que le desespoir de vaincre saisisse soudain toute une arm6e, there needs no more than this, and despair oj conquering shall seize at once a whole army. II n'en fallut pas davantage pour le persuader, that was sufficient to persuade him. Yous dites qu'il s'en faut tant que la somme enti^re n'y soit, il ne pent s'en falloir tant, you say that so much is wanting of the whole sum, it cannot fallso short of it. II s'en faut beaucoup, there wants a great deal, it comes very short. II ne s'en fallait presque rien, there is wanted little or nothing. II ne s'en faudra pas un Hard, there will not be a far' thing wanted. D^s que je fus habille, ou peu s'en fallait, mon homme me fit descendre precipi- tamment, as soon as I was dressed or pretty nearly so, my chap hastily lugged me down with him. II ne s'en faut guere, there wants but little, S'il n'est pas un fripon, il ne s'en faut gu^re, if he is not a rogue, he is next aliin to it, II s'en faut peu, peu s'en faut, or, il ne s'en faut pas beaucoup, qu'il ne soit aussi grand que son fr^re, he is 7iearly as tall as his brother. Peu s'en fallut qu'un accident ne la frustrat de cette esperance, an accident had well-nigh baulked her exjjectation. II s'en est peu fallu qu'il n'ait ete tue, he was very near being killed. Tant s'en faut que cela soit, far from that, Je ne suis pas la plus meri- tante,tant s'en faut, lam not the most deserving^ far from it, II fallait voir comme nous por- tions a tons moments des santes, it was a good jest to see us, every moment, toasting one another, II fallait le voir dans ces mo- ments, z^ was worth while IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 183 to see him in those mo- ments, FERMEK, va. To shut; shut up ; fasten, pin, close ; en- close, encompass. — k la clef, to lock. — au verrou, to holt. — les rideaux, to draw the curtains. — la bouche a quelqu'un, to impose silence on one, nonplus one. — les yeux sur quelque chose, to wink at a thing. — les yeux a quelqu'un, to re- ceive the last breath of one. — une ville de murailles, to wall a town. — de palissades, to palisade. — de haies, to hedge. — la main, to clench one^sjist. — la porte au nez, to thrust (one) out. — la porte a quelqu'un, to re- fuse or deny admittance. — la porte sur quelqu'un, to let a person out and shut the door. — une lettre, to fold and seal a letter. — boutique, to retire from business; turn bankrupt. — Toreille aux medisances [fig.], to close the ear against slander. Les bourses sont fermees, money is scarce. Former, vn. To shut, be shut. Ces fenetres ne ferment pas bien, these windows do not shut close. SE — , vr. To shut, close up, get closed. Cette porte ne se ferme pas, that door does not shut close. Sa plaie se fermera bient6t,^i5 wound will soon close up. FINIR, va. and n. To finish ; perfect, piolish to the excel- lency iiitended ; end; [fig.] cease, die. Le sermon finissait, the se?'- mon was drawing to a conclusion. Finissez de parler, have done speaking. Finissez done, vous etes bien long, have done now, you are very tedious. II est grand temps d'en finir, it IS high time to come to an end. Cela finit en pointe, it ends in a point. GAEDEE, va. To keep, pre- serve ; lay up or by, save ; guard, take care of, defend, look to or after ; protect ; hold, have ; watch, have an eye upon ; observe. — son rang, to keep or main- tain one's rank. — la chambre, le lit, to keep one^s chamber or bed. — des prisouniers a vue, never to lose sight of prisoners, — les bestiaux, to look after the cattle. — les commandemens de Dieu, to keep God's com- mandments. — le silence, to keep sile7ice. — la bienseance, to keep to decency, — le decorum, to preserve de- corum. 184 IDIOMATIC TEEBS. Garder sa gravite, to preserve one's steadiness, or coun- tenance. — des mesures, to he cautious. — un malade, to nurse a sick 2)erson. — une maladie pendant deux mois, to have an illness for two rvliole months. Ce n'est point a moi qu'on en donne a — ,7 am not so easily put upon. Je la lui garde bonne, I owe him a grudge ; I have a rod in ijichlefor him. Dieu vous garde, God save you. Dieu m'en garde, Dieu vous en garde, Dieu nous en garde, Heaven preserve me, you, or us, jrom it, GodJ'orhid, HeavenforMd Pr. Garder une poire pour la soif, to lay up something for a rainy day. Pr. — le mulet, to dance at- tendance. SE — , To keep (as fruit, &c. does) ; take care or heed (of a thing) ; keep or ah- stai?i (from it.) — du soleil, to shelter one^s self from the siin. Gardez-vous bien de faire cela, be sure not to do that. Gardez vous bien de rire, Ueep from laughing hy all means. II s'en gardera bien, he will take care not to do it. JETER, va. To throw, fling, cast; hurl; imt ; [said of trees and plants,] 57iO{?z^; sup- purate, matter; cast, mould. Jeter quelqu'un par terra, A throw one down. — un batiment par terre, ta put down a iuilding. — k la voirie, to throw to the — des meubles paries fen^tres, to throw furniture out of the window. — des feux, des flammes, to ifomit or throw out Jire, flames. — feu et flamme, to fret and fume. — une chose au nez de quel- qu'un, to throw a thing in one's dish. — des propos, to throw out hints. — les fondemens d'un empire, to lay the foundation of an empire. — de profondes racines, to take deep root. — tout son feu, son venia, to vent one's passion. — des oeillades, to ogle. — les armes, to surrender. — une statue en bronze, to cast a statue in brass. — de la poudre aux yeux, to cast a mist before (one's) eyes. — des oris, to cry out. — la pierre a quelqu'un [fig.], to accuse one. — son bien, or tout par les fenetres, to be extrava- gant. — les yeux sur quelqu'un pour un emploi, to think of one, design him for a place. — des soupgons dans I'esprit de quelqu'un, to raise sus- picions in one's mind. IDIOMATIC YERBS. 185 Jeter le manclie apres la cognee, to throw the helve after the hatchet. Le de en est jete, it is resolved upon; there is no alter- native. Pr. Tln'en jeterait pas sapart aux chiens, he would not forego his hoiJesfora trifle. Pr, II a jete sa langue aux chienS; he has given iq? (guessing it) as hopeless. Pr. Je jetai mon bonnet par- dessus les moulins, J^^^i;^ forgotten the sequel of the story ; I do not know which way to turn myself. Pr. II a jete son bonnet par- dessus les moulins, he tramples decorum,, S^c, underfoot. JOUER, vn. To play, sport, frolic; game; conend{2X a game) ; ylay (at anything) ; act (as an actor). Jouer de malheur, to he un- lucky at play. — son reste, to use one^s last shifts. — sans prendre, to play alone. — des gobelets, to practise sleight of hand. — d'adresse, de finesse, au plus fin, to strive to outwit one another. — a jeu stir, to go upon sure ground. — au plus sur, to play the safest game. — a tout perdre, to run the risk of losing all one has. — de la prunelle, to ogle. — sur les mots, to play upon words. Jouer du violon. to play on the violin. — aux cartes, to play at cards lis sont a — , they are play- ing. — au volant, a la paume, aux ecbecs, au trictrac, au piquet, to play at shuttle- cock, at tennis, at chess, at trictrac, at piquet. — a cinq jeux la partie, to make five games up. — en carreau, to play in dia- monds. — a quitte ou double, to run all hazard, win the horse or lose the saddle. — a r acquit, to play who shall pay the whole. Faire — une mine, to spring a mine. Faire — un canon, to fire a cannon. Faire — I'artillerie, tojire the artillery. Faire — les eaux, to get the water-works into play. Faire — des ressorts, to in- trigue or plot. En — d'une, or d'une bonne, to play (one) a good trick. Donner a — , to keep a gam- ing-house. Ces deux etoffesjouent bien ensemble, these stuffs are well matched. La clef joue bien dans la ser- rure, the key turns easily in the lock. Ce ressort — \>iQioi,that spring plays well. Pr. II a jou6 au roi depouille, he has heen completely stripped of his property. 186 IDIOMATIC YEEBS. LACHER, va, and 7i. To slacky unbend, loosen; let fall ; let slip ; abandon, let go ; release, quit ; shoot or joop o/'( fire-arms); [said of fire-arms] go off. — la bride a un cheval, to let loose the reins of a horse, — le pied, to lose ground; ran away. — prise, to let go one's hold. — une ecluse, to open a sluice. — I'eau d'un moulin, to let the water of a mill run. — la bride k ses passions, to indulge one's passions. — la main, to remit or abate something of one^s pre- tentions. — le mot, to make the last ofers, say the last word. — une parole, or un mot, to drop a word, let fall, or slip a word. — un coup de fusil, to fire a gun. — des chiens apres quelqu'un, to let dogs after one. — des sergens apres quel- qu'un, to set the constables after one. Son fusil vint k — , his gun accidentally went off. LAISSEE, 2?a. To leave; quit, forsake, depart from; desert, abandon; bequeath; give, re- sign ; permit, suffer; com- municate; give; make to re- main; commit to, trust; cease or abstain from doing {a thing); remove. dispel, yield. — 6chapper, to omit, drop. — le soin, to commit. Laisser tout a I'abandon, to leave all at random. — dire quelqu'un, to let one talk. — aller, to quit. — sortir, to let out. — la bride sur le cou a quel- qu'un, to leave one to his own conduct. — le monde comme il est, to let the world go as it will. II y a ^ prendre et a — , there is to pick and choose. Laissez-moi en paix, or en re- pos, let me alone; be quiet. Laissez cela, let that alone, don't meddle with it. Laissons-les dire, or laissons les parler, let them talk their fill, peace to all such. Laissez-moi faire, leave this affair to me. Laissez-moi passer, allow me to pass. J'ai laisse tomber la carafe, 1 have droppedthe decanter. II ne laisse pas d'etre honnete homme, he is an honest man for all that. Cela ne — pas d'etre vrai, it is true nevertheless, or for all that. Je vous le — a dix francs, you may have it for ten francs. Se laisser prendre, to suffer one's self to be taken. — tomber, to get a fall. — mourir, to die. — aller, to suffer one^s self to be prevailed upon. LEYER, va. To lift, lift up, heave, raise, elevate, take off, take away, remove ; gather, IDIOMATIC VERBS. 187 get in; collect; levy, raise; take out of the ground; manage, Levez votre robe, votre man- teau, qui traine, lift up your gown, yoihr cloak, which drags. Levez la tete, hold up your head, J' en leverais la main, / could take my oath of it. Lever la nappe, to take aivay the cloth. — ^ une difficulte, to clear a difficidty. — un obstacle, to remove a hindrance. — une tache sur un habit, to take off a spot from a coat. — Je siege d'une place, to raise the siege of a place. — une armee, to raise an army. — un plan, to draw a plan. — du drap, to buy cloth, and get it cut out of the whole piece. — la main, to threaten with the hand, strike. — un doute, to remove a doubt. — la Crete, le nez, to be in bet- ter circumstances. — le masque, to throw off the mask, — r^tendard centre quel- qu'un, to levy war against one ; oppose him openly. — le lievre, to start a ques- tion ; suggest a plan. — boutique, to take a shop, — menage, to begin house- keeping. — les oreilles, to prick up one\ ears, — un arr§t, une sentence au grefFe, to take a copy of a sentence. Faire lever la pate, to raise the dough. — un lievre, to start a hare. — une perdrix, to spring a partridge. — un siege, to cause a siege to be raised. LIEE, va. To bind, tie^ fas- ten ; knit, unite, join, put together ; bind, lay an obli- gation iipon, link, "oblige; thicken (a sauce). Lier un tonneau avec des cer- ceaux, to hoop a cask or vessel. — un fagot, une botte de foin, to bind a fagot, a truss of hay. — les mains, les pieds, to bind hand and foot. — un homme a un arbre, to tie a man to a tree. — conversation avec quel- qu'uii, to begin a discourse with one. — or organiser, une partie de plaisir, to arrange a party of pleasure. — une partie de chasse, de peche, to make a hunting, fishing-match. — amitie avec une personne, to engage in a friendship with a person. — commerce avec quelqu'uD, to establish a correspon- dence with one, — une sauce, to thicken a sauce. Nous sommes lies d'affaires, d'amitie, we are connected IDIOMATIC VERBS. together in 'business,^ we are on friendly terms. SE LIER, vr. To Und or oMige 07ie's self; make a league or enter into a league(with. one) ; thicken^ grow thick, Je ne veux pas me lier, or qu'on me lie les mains, I will not he hound, II faut remuer la sauce jus- qu'a ce qu'elle se lie, the sauce must be kept stir- ring till it thickens. II se lie avec tout le monde, he gets acquainted with everybody. MANDER, va. and n. To write or send word; acquaint with; order, command, or de- sire to come; send for, call. — un medecin, to send for a physician. Jelui ai mande cette nouvelle, I wrote him that news. Je lui ai — de venir, or qu'il vint, I wrote him to come. Le roi a — le parlement, the king has called his par- liament, Elle a dejk — sa voiture, she has already ordered her carriage. MANGER, va. and n. To-eat, manducate,feed,mess ; [fig.] gnaw, eat up ; [fig.] consume. — a I'auberge, or K table d'h6te, to eat at an or- dinary. — son bien [fig.], to spend one's estate. — des yeux [fig.], to devour with ones eyes. Manger de caresses [fig.], to load with caresses. — la moitie deses mots, to clip the half of one^s words. On se — ici [fig.], they are here at daggers drawn. Se manger le blanc des yeux [fig.], to be in a violent passion against one an- other. Cette forge mange bien du charbon [fig.], that forge consumes a great quantity of coals. La rouille mange le fer, rust gnaws iron. Pr. Manger de la vacbe en- ragee, to experience a great many hardshijjs, S^c. Pr. L'appetit vient en man- geant, one shoulder of mut- ton draws down another; much will have more. Pr. II a mange sou pain blanc le premier, the happiest of his days are over. Pr. Les gros poissons man- gent les petits, might overcomes right. MANIER, va. To handle, touch; handle often; try the goodness of {d. thing) by han- dling (it) ; use, make use of; [fig.] manage, govern ; [fig.] handle or treat (a subject) ; [fig.] conduct, carry on. — un cheval, to manage or train a horse. — quelqu'un, to make one tractable. — du ble, to shovel corn. — bien la pate, to knead well. II manie bien sa langue, or la parole, he is a good speaker. IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 189 II manie bien la couleur, he colours very well. II — bien cet instrument, he uses that instrument very well, Ceux qui manient les deniers del'etat, those who handle the state's money, Cela ne se manie pas ainsi, cela n'est pas si aise a manier, that isnot so easy. MANQUER, m. To miss; lose, halk^fail, — son coup, to le disappointed. — la belle, to miss a fair op- portunity ; escape a great danger. ' — une occasion, to ^liss an opportunity, — une perdrix, to miss a par- tridge. — quelqu'un, to miss a man ; come too late where he was. Manquer, vn. To Jail, offend, do amiss, commit ajault ; want, lach or need, have need of; fail, hreah, turn hanhrupt ; fail, decay ; die, miss, forget, neglect ; wa7it,fall short ; he mis- sing, he wanting; mis- carry, miss; l?e out, perish. Tous les hommes sont sujets a — , all men are sudject to failings. II a manqu6, he has failed, N6gociant qui a manque, a hrohen wercliant, Le coeur lui manque, he or she faints. Le pied lui a manque, his foot slipped. Ce portrait est si ressemblant qu'il ne lui manque que la parole, this portrait is so like, that one would think it was going to spjeak to you. L'affaire a manque, the busi- ness has miscarried. Yous me faites manquer, you put me out, Manquer a, To hreak, to fail in, to neglect. — a quelqu'un, to treat one disrespectfully, — a son devoir, to fail in one^s duty, neglect it. — a sa parole, a sa promesse, to hreah one's word, or promise. — au rendezvous, to hreah the appointm.ent, Je n'y manquerai pas, I shall not fail. Manquer de, To want; Jorget, miss, fail; to he all but, or very near to ; have a narrow escape. II ne manque pas de bonne volonte, he does not want for goodwill. Ne manquez pas de vous y trouver, do not fail to he there. II a manqu6 de tomber, he was very near falling, II a manque d'etre tue, he was within a hair's hreadth of heing killed. MAECHEE, vn. Togo,walk, move step hy step, march, go on foot; move; tread on ovupon; rank; take place, — doucement, to walk slowly or gently. — a tatons [iig.l to go in the dark. 190 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Marcher droit, to behave v:ell, or uprightly. — ^ la victoire, au pouvoir, to advance towards victory, power. II ne fait pas bon lui — sur le pied, it is not safe to rail at him. Lasser quelqu'unaforcede — , to oictwalk one. Les princes du sang marchent avant les dues, the princes of the blood take place of the dukes. La nouvelle constitution marche, or chemine bien, the new constitution works well. MARQUEE, va. and n. To mark., set a mark upon ; show, denote^ indicate,prove; wound; tell, signify, note down, score up; vmte vjord; advise; give marks of ; be conspicuous. — un camp, to mark a camp. — la monnaie, to set a stamp upon coin. — d'un fer chaud, to mark with a hot iron. — sa reconnaissance, to show one's gratitude. - — dans un livre I'endroit oil Ton est demeure, to mark in a book the place where one left off. Cheval qui commence a mar- quer, a horse that begins to show his age by his teeth, Ce cadran solaire ne marque plus, one cannot see what o'clock it is by that dial. Papier marque or timbre, stamped paper. Marque de petite \^v(AQ,pitted with the small pox. Un ouvrage marque au bon coin, an excellent vjork, a performance of the right stamp. Ilavaitpour lui des attentions marquees, he treated him in the most distinguished manner. Un homme qui marque, a con- spicuous character, MENAGER, va. To husband, spare, manage with fru- gality; conduct; treat vnth caution or decency ; govern with skill ; make a good use of; pr(9ciire, help to, convey. — les interets de ses amis, to talie care of the interests of one's friends, — quelqu'un, to have a regard for one, keep fair with him, use him gently. — les termes, to weigh what one says. — ses paroles, to speak little. — bien le temps, to husband one's time. — r occasion, to improve an opportunity, — une entrevue, to procure an intervieiv. ' — ses amis, to forbear being troublesome to ones friends — son credit, to make a pru- dent use of one's credit. — ses chevaux, 7iot to over-ride one's horses. — un terrain, une etoffe, to make the most of a piece of ground or stuff, — un escalier,un cabinet dans un batiment, to contnve a IDIOMATIC VERBS. 191 staircase or closet in a house. Menager sa sante, to take great care of one^s health, II n'y a rien a — avec lui, there is no need to he so parti- cular with him. Je n'ai rieu a — ,7 have no measures to keep. iVIENER, va. To lead, bring, carry, conduct (to a place) ; introduce, take; lead to; bring or take along with one; head, command, guide, govern; amuse, lead about, keep at bay ; move ; lead, pass, spend. quelqu'un en prison, to carry one to jail. — des chevaux a I'abreuvoir, to take or carry horses to the pond or to the water. — des bceufs au marche, to drive oxen to the m^arket. — une voiture, to drive a carriage. — une barque, to steer a boat. — bien sa barque [ fig.], to manage one's affairs well. — des marchandises a lafoire, to carry goods to the fair, — rudement les ennemis, to beat the enemy soundly. — quelqu'un* comme il faut, to use one roughly, — a la boucherie [fig.],^o lead to certain death. — le deuil, to be the chief mourner. — le branle, to lead the dance. — une vie sainte, to lead a holy life. II mena tout son monde avec lui, he took all his people along with him. Cela ne m^ne h, rien, that is of no manner of service. Get argent ne le menera pas loin, that money cannot go a great way^ or last very long. Pr, Mener quelqu'un a la baguette, to govern one imperiously. MESURER, va. To measure; [fig.] weigh, consider, ex- amine ; [fig.] proportion, compare, rate. — des yeux une tour, to mea- sure a tower by sight. — se depense a son revenu, to adapt one's expenses to one's income. •— ses forces contre un autre, to try 07ie^s strength, with another. — ses discours, ses actions, to be cautious in one's words and actions. — son epee avec celle d'un autre, to fight a duel. Pr. Mesurer les autres a son aune, to measure other people's corn by one^s own bushel. Pr, A brebis tondue, Dieu mesure le vent, God tem- pers the wind to the skorrt lamb. METTRE, va. To put, place, lay, set; deposit; commit; bring, expose; deliver; lay, lodge; instal; [fig.] enslave; [fig.] make use of, bestow. — h, terre, to land, or put upon the ground. 192 IDIOMATIC YEBBS. Mettre de c6te^ to set apart ; Tieglect for awhile, — au nombre, to rank, mim- her, — cliaque chose a sa place, to put, lay, or set everything in its place. — des paroles en musique, to set words to music. — une pensee en vers, to turn > a thought into verse. I — du fard, du rouge [said of the ladies], to paint. — du blanc, to paint one's face with white. — par ecrit, to set down in writing. — une chose, au net, to write a thing fair. — un habit, to ]^ut on a coat. — le convert, to lay the cloth. — la main a la plume, to take yen in hand. • — la main k une chose, to have a hand in a thing. — sa confiance, son esperance en quelqu'un, to rely upon one. — quelqu'un sur les dents, to exhaust one. — un domestique dehors, to dismiss a servant. — k la loterie, to l)uy a lottery ticket. — tout sur soi, to put every thing upon one's Mck. — I'epee ^ la main, ^{? draw one's sword in order to ^ fight. — la main al'epee, to clap one's hand upon one's sword. — une chose en tete a quel- qu'un, to ijersuade one to a thing. — une chose au pis, to suppose the worst c(m happen. Mettre une chose au jour, to divulge a thing. — une chose en fait, to take a thing for granted. — quelqu'un en de beaux draps blancs, to bring one into difficulties. — le prix k des marchandises, to rate or value goods. — en gage, to pawn. — en doute, to question. — en compte, to put to ac- count, charge. — en ligne de compte, to pass to account. — en ^tat, to enable. — en evidence, to render a thing evident. — au jour, to make known, publish, — une armee en campagne, to take the field. — quelqu'un en sang, to make one bleed. — I'esprit en repos a quel- qu'un, to make one easy. — en apprentissage, to bind one apprentice. — en gout de, to give a relish for. — ena^Y&nt, to move or propose. — quelqu'un au fait, to inform one. — quelqu'un h, I'aumdne, to reduce one to beggary. — a Famende, to fine. — aux bois, to bring to the last gasp. — a la raison, to bring to reason. — mal ensemble, to set at variance. — bien ensemble, to reconcile. — quelqu'un en jeu, to bring one's name into qitestion. IDIOMATIC VERBS. 193 Mettre en belle humeiir, de belle humeur, to put (one) into good humour, ^ut (him) in sinrits. — en or de mauvaise humeur, to make (one) cross, "put (one) into an ill-humour or temper, — en peine, to make (one) un- easy, — en colore, to make (one) Jail into a 'passion, — au desespoir, to drive to despair. — a bout la patience de quel- qu'un, to tire out one's patience. — un homme a bout, to drive one to the last shift or ex- tremity. — ordre a quelque chose, to provide against a thing. - — ordre a ses affaires, to settle one's affairs. — quelqu'un dans son tort, to show that one is in the wrong. | — tout surledosde quelqu'un, to throw the entire Mame of all upon a person. — les autres en train, to set the others on. — du sien, to contribute of one's own. — quelqu'un en justice [law], to prosecute a man. -r- la main sur le collet h quel- qu'un, to arrest or take one pfrisoner, — C'est lui qui nous a mis en train de boire, ^tmas he 2)ut us i?i that drinhing mood. II est tres-aimable dans la societe, 11 met tout le monde en train, he is very agreeaMe componiy, he sets evcrytody a-going. . II a mis le doigt dessus, he has guessed right, Chacun y met du sien, every one hears a part. II a ete mis hors de cour et de proces, he has heen non- suited. Fr, II a mis son bonnet de travers, he is very cross to-day. SE — , vr. To put, lay, place, or set one's self; attend to dress or raiment. — a table, to sit down at table. — en etat, en devoir de faire quelque chose, to prepare one's self to do a thing. — en colore, to fall into a passion. — en menage, to go into house- keeping. — en frais, or en depense, to put one's self to an ex- pense. — en rang d'oignons, to mix with the others, or with the herd. — sur les rangs pour un em- ploi, to put in for a ylace. — en danger, to run a hazard. — I'esprit en repos, to he easy. — tout en eau, toputon^sself into a violent yerspiration. — en quatre pour quelqu'un, to sacrifice one's self for one. — sur son quant ^ soi, to stand u])on high terms, carry it high. — dans le commerce, to enter into commercial 'pursuits. — a .son aise, to take one's ease. 194 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Se mettre en possession, to take possession. — a la raison, to he ruled hy reason. — en voyage, to begin or set out upon ajouinxey. — bien, to dress well. — mal, to dress out of taste. — bien dans I'esprit de quel- qu'un, to creep into one's favour. — mal avec quelqu'un, to fall out with one. — en chemise, to strip to one's shirt or waistcoat. — apres quelqu'un, to follow one closC' — apr^s une chose, to set about a thing. — ^ tout, to turn one^s hand to everything, — a, to begin. La peste vient de — dans I'armee, the plague has just broken out i7i the a/rniy. II est toujours bien mis, or touj ours mis proprement, he is always dressed gen- teelly. II s'est mis k 6tudier, he has taken a liking to study. La peur se mit dans les troupes, the troops vjere struck with panic. II s'est mis en frais, he has put himself to expense : he has exerted himself on the oc- casion. II se met k tout [said of a servant], he turyis his hand to everything. On s'y mettra jusqu'au cou, everything icill be done to make it succeed. D^s qu'on lui en parle, elle se met ^ pleurer, as soon as you mention it to her, she falls a-crying. MONTER, vn. To go or come up, get up, ascend, mount; rise; he high, have some height; grow, grow up, rise, increase; rise (in price^ amount ; arrive at, obtain, get. — ^ un arbre, to climb up a tree. — en carrosse, to get into a coach. — a cheval, to get on horse- back, ride. — en voiture, to go into a carriage. — en chaire, to preach, — sur le trone [fig.J to ascend the throne. — sur le theatre [fig.], to ap- pear upon the stage. — a la tete, to fly into one's head. — en graine, to run up to seed. — sur I'horizon [said of the sun, &c.], to rise. La maree monte, the tide comes in. Le vin lui — ^ la tete, the wine flies up into his head. Le ble — tons les jours, corn grows dearer every day, A quoi — or se — le tout ? what does the ivhole amount tof Sa puissance — , his power is upon the increase. Un vaisseau monte de 600 hommes, a ship manned with 600 hands. Pr. — aux nues, to fly into a passion. IDIOMATIC VERBS. 195 Fr. Monter sur ses grands chevaiix, to stand upon Jdgh terms, — va. To carry wp^ lift up, raise, set higher, heave; wind up; set up, establish. — un cheval, to ride a horse. — les degres, or I'escalier, to go upstairs, — "Line montre, uu tourne- broche, to wind up a watch or a jack. — iin metier, to fix the yarn, fhc. upon a loom, — un ouvrage de menuiserie, &c., to make up a piece of joiner's work, d:c, — un diamant, to set a dia- mond. — une ep6e, to mount a sword. — une guitare, to string a guitar, — un piano, to raise a piano a note higher. — un instrument au ton de . , , ,, to tune an instric- ment to the diapason or unison of , , , , — un lit, to set up a bed, — la garde, to be upon guard. — un vaisseau, to command a man-of-war, — la tete a quelqu'un, to pre- judice one^s mind. Montez tout cela dans ma chambre, carry all this into my room, SE — , vr. To amount, come to. Son armee se monte ^ vingt mille hommes, his army consists of 20,000 men, Se monter la tete sur quelque chose, to grow obstinate in a thing ; be obstinately resolved. SE MOQUER, vr. To laugh at, ridicide, mocJc, deride; scorn, despise; not to care for, act or behave uiireason- ably ; be or speak in jest. On s'est moque de lui, they laughed at him. Tout le monde se moque de lui, he was jeered at by every- body. Yous vous moquez, madame, you are pleased to banter y madam. Yous pensez-vousmoquer,2/ot^ think to make a jest of it, Se faire moquer de soi, to make a fool of one's self. Fr. La pelle se moque du fourgon, the kiln calls the oven burn-house. MO RDBE, va. and ti. To bite ; pierce vjith the teeth; corrode, eat away by degrees, gnaw ; [fig.] bite, wound with re- proach, carp at ; arrive at, get, obtain; like, close with, Ce chien mord les passans, that dog bites all passengers. lis firent mordre la poussiere, ^ leurs ennemis [fig.] they made their enemies bite the dust, — a la besogne, to fall to work, set one'^s hands to it. — h, rhamecon, or a la grappe, to bite at the hook. II ne donne point a mordre sur lui, sur sa conduite, he gives his enemies no hold of him. Fr, 11 s'en mordra les doigts or les pouces, he'll rue it. II a ete mordu d'un chien en- 196 IDIOMATIC VERBS. rage, he was bit by a mad dog. MOUEIR, vn. To die; [fig.] go off, expire; [fig.] feel acute j?;fljm5 ; [said of co- lours, sounds, &c.] ^finisli gradually. — de maladie, de vieillesse, de mort violent e, to die of sickness, old age; die a violent death. — de sa belle mort, to die a natural death. — de faim, to starve. — de soif, to he choked with thirst, — de froid, to starve with cold. — de chaud, to he extremely hot. — d'envie, d'impatience, to long mightily. — de peur, to he affrighted to death, — de chagrin, 6?r de douleur, to die of a broken heart. — dans les formes, to die with the help of a 'physician. — civile ment, to he deprived of citizenship or deprived of the benefit oj society. II la fera — de chagrin, he will break her heart. Faire — quelqu'un de faim, to starve one. Ce feu mourra si on n'y met du bois, that fire will go out if it is not recruited. Le boulet de canon vint mourir k ses pieds, the cannon- ball drop)ped at his feet. Yous me faites — de dire cela, you kill me with your rea- soning. SE MOURIE, vr. To be a- dying. La lampe, la chandelle, se meurt, the lamp or candle is almost out. II se meurt d' amour [fig.], he is dying with love, NAITRE, vn. To be born; breed, have birth, be pro- duced; spring, grow, arise. II est ne poete, he was born a poet. Les fleurs naissent sous ses . -psiSyJiowo^s spring under her steps. Le jour commence h naitre, the day begins to peep. Dans quels esprits un pareil soupgon peut-il — ? ovhat minds can entertain such a suspicion ? Faire — une occasion, to start an opportunity. Faire — des raisons, to sup- port reasons. NOURRIR, va. To nourish, keejy, maintain ; promote growth, ov strength; suckle or nu7'se (a child) ; [fig.] bri7ig up, feed ; support by food; [tig.] keep up, maintain. — des bestiaux, to raise cattle. Le boij^ nourrit le feu, wood feeds or keeps thejire. Cette terre nourrit toute la famille, this estate keeps the whole family. Elle ne saurait nourrir d'en- fants, she cannot bring up children. La lecture nourrit Tesprit, reading impfroves themind. Les enfantsnesont pasnourris UDIOMATIC YEEBS. 19/ dans ce college, ooys are starved in that college. Pr, II nourrit un serpent dans son sein, lie clierisJies a serpent in his losora. OCCUPEE, va. To take np, hold; inhadit: occupy; em- ploy, give employment to. Cela occupe trop de place, that takes up too much room, Cela m'occupait 1' esprit, t^iat took up my thoughts, II faut occuper les jeunes gens a quelque chose, youth ought to he husied ivith something. II y a la de qiioi — plusieurs ouvriers, there is employ- ment enough for several Jiands. OUTEER, va. To overload, overwork; override; provoke, exasperate; carry too far or to an extreme; overstrain. — des ouvriers, to overharass workmen. — un cheval, to override a horse, II ne faut rien — , we must carry nothing to extremes. C est un homme qui outre tout, he is a man who carries everything to extremes, Tous I'avez tellement outre Cj[u'il ne tous le pardon- nera jamais, you have provoked him to such a degree that he will never forgive you, OUYEIR, va. To open; hegin; unpack, loose; spread. Ouvrir la terre, to dig up the earth. — boutique, to set up a shop. — les ports, to take away the embargo. — la bouche, to speak. — un avis, to move, make a motion, propose a thing, start an opinion. — I'appetit, to sharpen the stomach. — de grands yeux, to stand staring and gaping. — son cceur a quelqu'un, to lay one's heart open to one. Ouvrir, vn. S'Ouvrir, vr. To open, disclose one'^s self, S'ouvrir un passage, to make ones self a way, — a quelqu'un, to tell or dc- clare on^s mind, Cette porte n'ouvre jamais, that door never opens. Je ne m'en ouvre qu'a vous, 1 disclose myself only to you. PAEAITEE, vn. To appear; make a show ; seem, look; show or present one's self ; come out. Quand votre livre paraitra- t-il ? when will your hook come out? Ces raisons paraissent bonnes, these reasons seem to he good. Faire paraitre, to show ; prove. Des lunettes qui font — les objets beaucoup plus gros qu'ils ne ^oxi\, glasses that magnify ohjects to a great degree. 198 IDIOMATIC VEEBS. PAELER, va. n. and r. To speak^ talk; pronounce; re- veal or discover a secret; re- commend; talk about; sound; plead; meet, treat; speak to each other, — de la pliiie et du beau temps, to talk of indif- ferent things, — en Fair, to speak at random. — comme un aveugle des couleurs, to talk of things one does not know, — a Toreille, to whisper, — physique, &c., to talk about natural philosophy, 8fc, Cela parle tout seul, that is very plain. II en parle bien a son aise, it is very easy for him to say so. Je lui apprendrai a parler, 1 vnll teach him how to rule his tongue. II trouvera a qui — , he shall meet his match. — franchement, so speak, tell one's mind without fear, — en horn me d'esprit, to talk like a sensible man, Faire — quelqu'un, to mis- construe the words of some one, Faire — de soi, to make onis self a matter of talk, . Elle n'a jamais fait — d'elle, she never gave room to slander. II en sera parle, it will make a noise, II faut que quelqu'un ait parle, somebody must have divulged this secret. II faut laisser parler le monde, let the \oorld talk as they please, \ Pr. Parler a son bonnet, to speak to one's self, PARTAGER, va. To divide, cut, part, sever; share, por- , tion out; share in, partici- pate, partake. — I'avis de quelqu'un, to coin- cide with 07ie. Partagez cela entre vous, share this between you. Partager en fr^res, to divide equally and amicably. Son p^re I'a partage en aine, his father gave him an eldest brother^ s share. Les avis se trouvent partages, opinions or votes are di- vided. La nature Ta bien partage^ nature has favoured him. II faut partager le dififerend par la moitie, we micst split the difference. PARVENIR, vn. To arrive, come, reach; get., attain, obtain; come to preferment, II ne put jamais — au haut de la montagne, he could never teach the top of the mountain, — a sesfins, to attain one^s aim. II veut — a quelque prix que ce soit, he will make his fortune at any rate. Ma lettre lui est parvenue, my letter came to his hands, PASSER, vn. To pass; come or go through, by or over; make progress; last; go slide, run, or fly away; va- nish, disappear; fade; cease, be over; pass or run through; IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 199 be transmitted or conveyed; call on or itpon; he reputed, reckoned^ or looked upon; happen. Passer par-dessus toutes les difiicultes, to overcome all difficulties. — par-dessus toutes les for- malites, to neglect all for- malities, — par-dessus les plus beaux endroits d'un livre, to overlook the best places in a book, — par les mains de quelqu'un, to fall into the hands of one; have to do with him. — du blanc au noir, to go from 07ie extreme to another, — par retamine, to he put to a severe trial. — par de rudes epreuves, to go through fiery trials, — outre, to go on^ proceed. — de 111 en aiguille, to pass from one discourse to cm- other, Cela fut fait et passe par-de- vant notaire, that was transacted in due form of laiv. Passez par-ici, come this way, Passez par-la, go that way. La riviere passe par-la, the river rums through that placp, Passons a d'autres cboses, let us pass on to something else, Cette fieur est pass^e, this flovjer is faded. La cavalerie est — , the cavalry is gone by. liiEes beaux jours sont passes, my best days are over. II va passer, he is going to ex- pire, II est en colore, mais cela pas- sera, he is in a passion^ but that will hlotv over. La fantaisie m'en est passee, my passion is over; Idorit wish for it any longer. Nous avons passe chez lui, wc called at his house, Cela m'a — de 1' esprit, that has slipped my memory, U passe pour un coquin, he has the name of a rogue. Si j'avais fait cela, pour qui I passerais-je dans le monde ? if I had done that, what would the world think of me? II m'en fallut passer par oil il voulut, I was obliged to submit to his terms, II a ete oblige d'en passer par- la, he has been obliged to buckle to. Passer, va. To pass, go over; exceed, go beyond; sur^ pass, excel, outdo; satisfy, gratify; drive aivay, get rid off; omit, skip; leave out; pass, spend; strain (liquors), whet or sharpen (razors, &c.); slip or run; alloio, grant, — la riviere, to cross the wattr, — la riviere a gue, to ford the g river. — son chemin, to go one's way or along, — une arm6e en revue, to re- viev) an army. — le but [at bowls], to over-* cast the jack, — son epee au travers du 200 IDIOMATIC VERBS. corps de quelqu'un, to run one through. Passer par le tarn is, to sift, —- une chose au gros sas, to exmnine a thing sujjer- ,ficially, — a compte, or en comptej to allow in rechoning, — sous silence, to omit, — un soldat par les armes, to shoot a soldier, — au fil de I'epee, to 'put to the sword. — un contrat, to draw a deed, — une obligation, to make a 'bond, » — la lime sur un ouvrage, to polish a piece of work, — la plume sur quelques en- droits d'un ouvrage, to strike out some part of a work, — desmarchandises en fraud e. to smuggle (goods). — un pi^ce fausse, to 'put off a lad coin, — de la farine dans un tamis, to holt or sift meal, — des rasoir^ sur la pierre, to set razors on the stone, — une peau, to dress a skin, — tons les savants de son siecle, to surpass all the learned men of one's age, Nous lui ferons — sa colere, we shall cool his anger, Faire — un mal, to cure an* illness, II faut que cet habit me passe I'ete, this coat must last me or serve all summer, II. ne lui passe rien, he for- gives him nothing. On a passe le canon dans les bateaux, the cannon were carried over in hoats. Ne passez pas ce prix-la, do not exceed that price. Ce le vrier passe tons les autres "k la course, that grey- hound outruns all the 9'est, Je n'y entends rien, cela me ] )asse, I do not understand that, that is beyond my reach, Cela passe I'imagination, that exceeds imagination. Nous avons pass6 ce jour bien agreablement, we have spent this day very agree- ably. II ne passera pas I'hiver, he will not live the winter out, II souhaitait passionement d' avoir cette terre, enfin 11 en a passe son envie, he was very much bent upon having that estate, but his longing is over, II avait fort envie de cette maisoD, mais il faut qu'il en passe son envie, he had a great mind to that house, but he must do withoiit it, Passez-moi cet article, je vous en passerai un autre, allow me that article, and I will alloiv you another, Se — , vr. To happen, fall out; decay, fade away ; grow old; slip or slide away ; be contended or satined with ; do, be contented or make shift without, dis- pense with, forbear, Ce qui s'est passe avant nous, IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 201 wliat Tiajrpened before our times ^ or in past ages. Je dois Tavertir de tout ce qui se j)asse5 I am to inform him how matters go on. Cette fern me n'est plus belle, elle se passe, that woman is no longer handsome, she falls ojf. L'occasion se passe, the o])- portunity slips away. II se passe de peu, a little matter sei^ves his turn. 11 ne saurait se passer de vin, he cannot do without wine. Quand je n'en ai point, je m'en passe, when I have none, I am easy without it. II ne saurait se passer de sa compagnie, he cannot live or l?e without him. Fr. II ne peut non plus s'en passer que de chemise, he can no more he without it, than a lame man without his crutch. PAYER, va. and n. To pay ; answer, contribute, quit ; acquit; [fig.] indemnify, reward. — argent comptant, to pay down. I — les inter^ts, les arrerages, , to pay the interest, the \ arrears. — I'ecot, to pay the reckoning. \ — de sa personne, to expose onehself to danger^ and be- have with great galantry. — de bonne mine, to he well- made and handsome. — - de bonnes raisons, to give good reasons. — de hardiesse, d'audace, d'ef- fronterie, to stand or get out of a scrape by dint of impudence, face it out. Payer le tribut k la nature, to die. — les violons, to pay the piper. Se — par ses mains, to stop 07ie^s money. Se — de compliments, to be sa- tisfied with compliments. Se faire — , to call in onds debts. Se — de raisons, to be satis- fied with reasons. Pourvu qu'on paye de quelque ext6rieur, p)rovided one does but show a fair out- side. II me le payera, il le payera plus cher qu'au marcli^, J willmalie him smart for it. Pr. 11 en payera les pots cas- ses, he will pay smartly for all. Pr. Payer la folle enchere de quelque oho^Q^topfay dear for one^s rashness. PENDRE, va. and n. To hang, hang tip ; append, suspend. — I'epee, or les armes au croc, to renounce fighting . Dire pis que *— d'un homme, to give one a very bad character. II y a de quoi se — , it is very pirov oiling. Les joues lui pendent, his cheehsfall in. Votre robe pend trop d'un c6te, your gown hangs too low on one side. II est toujours pendu a ses cotes, he is always dang- ling after him. 202 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Aussit6fc pris, aussitot pendu, no sooner said than done, Proces — au croc, lawsuit tha.t is at a stand, Pr. Autant lui en pend a Toreille, the like fate at- tends him, PENSER, vn, and a. To think, form ideas; reflect^ consider ; imagine, invent^ have in one's thoughts; be- lieve; look to, have a care; be like to, be within a hair's breadth. II ne dit jamais ce qu'il pense, he never tells his mind, Je Yous laisse a penser si, &c., / leave you to judge whether, arms. — un morceau de pain, to eat a bit of bread. — un doigt de vin, to drink half a glass of wine. — du tabac, to tahe snujff-. — la fievre, to catch a fever. — medecine, to take physic. — une chose pour une autre, to mistake one thing for another. — conge de quelqu'un, to take leave of one. — la Yoie du messager, to go with the carrier. — la poste, to take post-horses, — les devans, to set out before one; [fig.] be beforehand with one. — bien son temps, to nick the time. — naissance, to be born. — perruque, to begin to wear a wig. — le bonnet de docteur, to take a doctors degree (in a university). — le deuil, to go into mourn- ing. — le parti de quelqu'un, to take ones part. — son parti, to come to a re- solution. — en mains les interets de quelqu'un, tj espouse a man's cause. 206 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Prendre fait et cause pour quelqu'un, to undertake one's defence. — • une chose a ses risques, to rim the hazard oj a tiling. — du poisson a la ligne, au filet, to catch Jish with a line., a net. — a interet, to horrow upon interest. — sur le fait, to catch in the very fact. — la droite, to tahe to the right hand. — ie pas sur quelqu'un, to tahe the precedence of one. — exemple sur une personne, to square one's conduct hy that of another, to go hy hint. — pied sur quelque cliose, to make a 'precedent of a thing. — terre, to land. — le large, to sail into the main sea; [fig.] tahe to one's heels. — sur son sommeil, to retrench one's sleep. — sur sanourrit lire, to abridge one's self of necessaries. — conseil de quelqu'un, to tahe one's advice. — les avis, to collect the votes. - feu, to catch fire. — feu or la mouche [fig.], to fly into a passion. — Tair, to tahe an airing. — Fair en voiture, to take a ride. — des airs, to give one's self airs. — langue, to get intelligence. — son mal en patience, to hear one'smisfortunespatiently. Prendre garde a soi, to look to one's self — un air riant, to 2J^^t on a smiling air. — a temoin, to call to witness, — un juge a par tie, to sue a judge for pfassing an un- just sentence* — la parole, to begin to speak, — jour et heure, to make an appointment. — une amitie, to conceive a frieiidship, — une cliose en bonne or mauvaise part, to take a thing well or ill, — une chose a la lettre, au pied de la lettre, to take a thing literally, — les choses h> la rigueur, to take thifigs in the strictest vianner. — les choses de travers, a cen- tre- sens, to take things the wrong way, in a had sense, — bien or mal une affaire, to go the right or wrong way to work in a business, — serieusement une chose, to take a thing in earnest. — une chose en riant, to take a thing in jest. — \di.hoxmQYoiQjto follow good courses, — forme, to come into shape, — le change, to be mistaken, — un homme pour dupe, to bithble one, — Toccasion aux cheveux, to seize the opportunity by the forelock. Je ne sais comment le — , / do not know how to manage him. IDIOMATIC VEBBS. 207 II le prit au collet, he seized Mm l)y his collar. II me pre n ait par mon propre interet, 7}iy own intei^est was the arrjument he viade nse of. Prenez garde qu'on vous fasse tort, take care of heing wronged. Yous prenez rnal mes paroles, you mistake or mi scon- true my words. II a bien pris ce qu'on lui a dit de votre part, he has put a right const rnctiomq)on the message you sent to him. En le prenaut siir ce ton la, vous m'interessez a vous servir, since you talk in that sty le^ I feel interested in your hehalf. A tout prendre, take all to- gether. II en a pris sa bonne part, he has had Ms full share of it. Les chevaux ont pris le mors aux dents, the horses have run away. II a pris la nevre de son frere, he caught the fever from Ms brother. II me prit un saignement de nez, my nose fell a-Meed- ing. Si la curiosite me prend d'y aller, if curiosity lorompts me to go thither, II prend pour argent comptant toutes les nouvelles qu'on debite, he takes for gospel all the neivs that are cur- rent. Je prends cela sur moi, I take it upon myself. II lui fallut prendre beaucoup sur lui pour se defaire de sa ip2iSsion,itwasnot7vith- out a great struggle that he conquered Ms passion, Je vous y prends, I catch you at it. Fr, Prendre quelqu'un sans vert, to take one napping, Pr. — martre pour renard, or — Paris pour Corbeil, to take Turnham-green for London, or to he guilty oj a great mistake. Fr. C'est vouloir — la lune avec les dents, it is aim- ing at impossibilities. Fr. II semble qu'il n'y ait qu'a se baisser et en — , one would think it was as easy as kissing one's hand. Prendre, vn. To take or strike root, or to strike; succeed, catch, seize on ; freeze ; coagulate ; [said of iire,] h^eak out. Get ouvrage n'a pas pris, that performance did not suc- ceed. Ce ragout est si epice qu'il prend a la gorge, that ragout is so Mgh-seasoiied that it hums the throat. S'il ne se corrige, il lui en prendra mal, if he does not mend, evil will hetide him: A tout prendre, ilest innocent, upon the whole he is not guilty. Si le . froid dure encore deux jours, la riviere prendra, if the cold lasts two days longer, the river will he frozen. 208 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Pour que le kit prenne, il faut . . ., to make the milk curdle, one must .... Le feu ]3rit hier a son magasin, yesterday afire Irolie out in his shop! SE — , vr. To be taken, be caught; take hold, cling, &c. ; freeze, coagulate; thicken ; catch at. L'huile se prend quand on la tient en lieu frais, oil coagulates when kejJt in a cool 'place. II s'est pris a un clou, he was hooked by a nail. Se prendre d'amitie, to take ^ liking to. - de vin, to get drunk. — de paroles, to quarrel. II se prit a rire, he began laughing. De la maniere dont il s'y prend, as he manages matters. Comme il s'y prend I how he goes about it! Void comme il s'y prit, this is the method he took. S'il y a du mal, prenez-vous- en a vous memo, if any thing be amiss, you may thank yourself for it. On ob tient tout de moi, quand on s'y prend de la bonne fa^on, everything may be obtained from me, when people take the right me- thod. II s'en prit a moi, he taxed me with it. S'il ne me paie pas, je m'en prendrai a vous, if he don't settle with me, I shall come upon you. PEETENDRE, va. and n. To insist on, require; claim; aim at a palace, stand for it; maintain, contend; intend, mean, design. Je pretends un dixieme, I claim a tenth part. 11 pretend a cette charge, he stands for that office. II — que I'ancienne philoso- phie est la meilleure, he maintains that the ancient system of philosophy is the best. A ce qu'on — , as rejjort goes. Je pretends faire ce voyage, / intend to take that trip. J'ai pr6tendu badiner, I only meant it as a joke. PEOFITEK, vn. To 'profit, gain ; improve, malic a pro- gress, thrive ; avail one's self, take advantage. — sur des marchandises, to make a profit by the sale of goods. — beaucoup a un marche, to gain mucli by a bargain. — de r occasion, to improve the opportunity. — en vertu, to improve in virtue. Je vous conseille d'en — , I advise you to make the best of it. Son argent ne lui profite point, his money lies dead. Les biens mal acquis ne pro- fitent point, 'ill-gottcn goods never prosper. II a beaucoup profite avec son precepteur, he has made great im2)rovcwait with his preceptor. IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 209 Get enfant profite a vue d'oeil, that child thrives visibly. SE PKOMENER, vr. To take a walk. — a cheval, to ride on horse- lack, — en voiture, to tahe an air- ing in a carriage. — en bateau or sur Teau, to have an excursion in a "boat. — dans les rues, to walk in the streets. Pr. Envoyer quelqu'un pro- mener [se is understood], to send one about his busi- ness. Pr. Qu'ils s'aillepromener,Z^^ him go and be hanged. PKOMENER, va. To walk, lead about for the sake of air or exercise. — un enfant, to take a child out. II les a bien promenes par la ville, he has led them all over the town. — sa vue sur plusieurs objets [fig.], to carry one's sight from one object to another. QUITTER, va. To quit, aban- don, go from, jpart with; leave, pull off, cast off'; put away or aside; forsake; resign, give up, give over ; renounce, waive ; vacate (obligations) ; set free, ex- cuse; exempt; come offfrom; let go. — sa femme, son pays, to for- sake one^s wife, leave one^s country. Quitter ses habits, ses gants, son cbapeau, &;c., to pull off' one^s clothes, gloves, hat, S^c. — prise, to let go one's hold. — une entreprise, to give over an enterprise. — l2ii[>2iYtie,to give 2tp the ga7?ie. Je suis outre d'unlivre que je viens de — , I am out of all patience ovith a book I have just put away. J'aime mieux — que de dis- puter, I rather choose to give up than to dispute. Je vous tiens quitte de tout ce que vous me devez, I forgive you all that you owe me. Je vous tiens quitte de tous vos compliments,ybr&mr all your compliments. REFUSER, va. To refuse, deny; reject. — la porte a quelqu'un, to deny one admittance. — une fille en mariage, to re- fuse to marry a girl. Se — quelque chose, to deny one's self a thing. Se — aux plaisirs, to shun all manner of diversion. Se — a quelque chose, to ob- ject to a thing. II se refuse le necessaire, he denies himself the neces- saries of life. II ne se — rien, he thifiks no- thing too good for himself. Les circonstances s'y refusent, circumstances are against II ne s'y refuse pas, he has no objection to it. 210 IDIOMATIC VERBS. II refuse ses meilleurs amis, he resists his best friends. Pr. Qui refuse, muse. He that will not ichen he may, WJien he fain would, shall have nay. REGAEDER, m. and n. To looh on or upon; behold, see; [fig.] examine, observe, con- sider ; take heed or notice ; have a care ; [fig.] concern, belong to ; face, front, stand opposite to or over-against. — quelqu'uu, to look a.t one. — quelqu'un du haut en has, to look iipon one with contempt. — fixement, to stare at, look fixedly upon. — de pres, to be strict, too strict, or punctilious. II ne faut j^as — , y — , apr^s lui, he ivants no looking after. — de pres a quelque chose, to look narrowly into a thing. II ne faut pas y — de si pres, you must not be so very particular. C'est un homme avec qui il n'y faut pas — de si pres, he is a man that we must not be sharp upon. On le regarde comme un de nos meilleurs ecrivains, he is looked upon as one of our best writers, Faites tout ce qu'il vous plaira, cela ne me regarde pas, do whatever you please, it does not concern me. Elle passe ses jours a se re- garder au miroir, she is for ever peeping at the looking-glass. Dieu les a regarde en pitie, God has cast a merciful eye upon them, Cette maison regarde I'orient, that house fronts the east. Ma cbambre regarde sur le jardin, my room overlooks the garden. Pr. Un chien regarde bien un eveque, a cat may look at a king, REMETTRE, va. To put, plaxe,lay, ov set again; give back,restore ; deliver up; re- cover, Quake well; set (a bone), put (it) into joint again; put off, defer, delay, prolong; hearten, spirit again, remove one's fear ; remit, forgive (a debt); reinstate, re-esta- blish; put into (one's) hands^ or commit to (him), intrust (him) with ; remit, make re- mittances ; se7id, give ; re- collect; [in some games] begin again ; draw a game. — son epee dans le fourreau, to put up one's sword. — quelqu'un, to recollect one's face. — une lettre, to deliver a letter. — d'un jour a I'autre, to pro- crastinate ; dilly-dally. — ^ la voile, to set sail again. — en appetit, to get one a good stomach. — dans le droit chemin, to bring one iiito the right way, — bien ensemble, to reconcile. — en possession, to re-instal. rDio:jj:ATic yeebs. 211 On lui remit devant les yeux les dernieres volontes de son p^re, they recalled to his mind his father'' s last will. On Pa remis dans tons ses biens, he has been restored to all his estates. On lui a remis le bras, his arm has been put into joint again. Le Yoila tout-a-fait remis de sa maladie, he is quite re- covered from his illness. La partie est remise [at chess, &c.], it is a drawn game. La cause est — , the trial is 'postponed. On a remis la partie a demain, the "party has been de- j f erred till to-morrow. I Je remets tons mes interets | entre vos mains, 1 corn- i mit all my concerns to ! your care, SE EEMETTRE, ^cr. To re- cover., grow ivell again, be on the mending hand; recover one*s self, come to on^s self again; compose one's self again ; set one's self again, fcdl again to ; recollect (a thing), rerne7nber (it), call (it) to mind, — au travail, to set one's self again to work. — en mer, to go to sea again. — d'une perte, to retrieve one's loss. — de queique chose a quel- qu'un [or more com- monly], s'en remettre ^ quelqu'un,^c?7'e/c;' a thing to one. II s'est remis a jouer, he has begun to game again. II se remit a fair plus fort qu'auparavant, he betook himself to a speedier flight tha/n before. Remettez-vous, de grace, for heaven's sake, compose yourself. Remettez-vous, as you ■were, Le temps s'est remis au beau, it is fair weather again. REMONTER, va. To go, or get up agoAn ; raAse, lift up, set higher ; make up agoAn. — un metier, to set a frame up agoAn. — une ferme, to stock a fa.rm anev:. — une maison de meubles, to neiu furnish a house. — la riviere, to go up the river, sail up the river, — un instrument de musique, to neio string a musical instrument. — la tete a quelqu'un [fig.], to restore one to reason, sound principles, d:c. — des bottes, to put on a. pair of soles to a pair of boots. — une montre, un tourne- broche, to enable a watch, a jack, to go on. Remonter, vn. Togo, come, or get up again ; run baxk , run up ; ascend towa.rds. — a cheval, to get on horse- back again. — a la source, a I'origine, ^ la cause, au principe d'une chose, to trace a thing back to its first cause. origin, or principle. 212 IDIOMATIC VERBS. II faut remonter plus haut, %ve micst trace the thing up higher, Cette maison remonte jusqu'a Charlemagne, that family may he traced hack to the days of Charlemagne, II est mort d'une goutte re- in ontee, he died of the gout in his stomach. EENDRE, va. To restore, give hacTc again, return, render; give ov pay hack ; yield, hear, produce ; give up, deliver, surrender ; turn, translate ; represent, express ; vomit, cast up; void; malce; repeat, return; exhale; imitate (one). — des marchandises en un endroit, to deliver mer- chandise, or goods, at a place. — compte, to give an account. — un arret, to make a decree. — une sentence, to pass sen- tence. — temoignage, to testify. — reponse ^, to reply. — une place, to surrender a place. — la pareille, le reciproque, le change, le bien or le mal, injure pour injure, to re- taliate, make a return. — ses respects, ses devoirs a quelqu'un, to pay one's duty to one, render him one's devoirs. — visit e, to pay a visit. — ses visit es, to return visits. — un beau son, to sound well. — la justice, to render or ad- minister ju^stice. Eendre justice a quelqu'un, to do one justice. — la sante, to restore one's health. — graces, to give or return thanks. — Tame, l^esprit or les der- niers soupirs, to give up the ghost, expire, — raison de sa conduite, to give an account of one^s conduct. — un passage mot ^ mot, to render or translate a pas- sage word hy word, — a quelqu'un sa parole, to disengage one from his promise. — le reste d'un souverain, to give the change of a sove- reign, J'ai rendu le paquet a son adresse, / have delivered the parcel according to its direction. Montez dans ma voiture, dans deux heures je vous ren- drai la, step into my car- riage, in two hours Fll set you down there. Ce remade lui a rendu la vie, that remedy saved his life, L' experience I'a rendu sage, experience has taught him wisdom, Les traits du visage ne sont pas bien rendus, the fea- tures of the face are not well expressed. II ne vous a pas bien rendu ce que je I'avais charg6 de vous dire, he has not de- livered faithfully to you the message I sent hy him. IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 213 Fr, II faut rendre a Cesar ce qui est a Cesar, give unto Caesar what belongs to Ccesar, Rendre, vn. To lead^ go, Ge chemin rend a un village, this way leads to a village. SE — , vr. To render or make one^s self; become, turn; go J repair; yield, submit, surrender; be spent; [said of rivers,] fall or run into, — Protestant, to turn Pro- testant. — a son devoir, to go where one^s duty calls one ; re- form, II se rendra a Paris un tel jour, he will repair to Paris on such a day, II ne se rend jamais, he never oivns himself in the wrong. Ce cheval se — , that horse is knocked up, Les fleuves se rendent a la mer, large rivers run into the sea, Je me rends, I yield ovgive up. Je me rends a vos raisons, / yield to your arguments. EENTEER, m To come, get, or go in again; re-enter, enter again; repay, laahe returns ; retouch, — dans les bonnes graces de quelqu'un, to get again into onds favour. — dans le devoir, to return to one's duty. — en soi-meme, to reflect seriously, — en son bon sens, to come to one^s senses again. Faire rentrer un bomme dans son neant, to put a man in mind of his own in- significance. Je lui ferai — les paroles dans la boucbe, 1 will make him eat his own words, II m'est rentre beau jeu, 1 have taken in fine cards. REPONDRE, m. To answer, make an answer. — la messe, a la messe, to assist the priest at mass, — un placet, to subscribe or answer a petition, II m'a repondu une sottise, he said an abusive thing to me in answer. Je vous en reponds, you may be sure of that, I warrant you. REPONDRE, ^;^. To answer, reply ; make, write or give an answer; confute] answer, equal, be answerable ; solve (a difficulty) ; lead; corre- spond, make a suitable re- turn; be over-against ; be security for, vjarrant, be bound to make good ; speak in opposition, be a resjjon- dent ; give an account to ; reach as far; [in speaking of an ecboj repeat, re- sound. — a notre attente, to answer our expectation. N'y pas — ; y — mal, to fall short of it. Tout repond a nos voeux, everything succeeds ac- cording to our wishes. Je ne veux point d'un valet 214 IDIOMATIC YEEBS. qui repond, I do not want a servant who argues or retorts, II a repondu a toutes les ob- jections qu'on liii a faites, he answered all the objec- tions that were made to him. Deux choeurs de musique qui se r6pondent, tioo choirs of music, that sing alter- nately. II s'est blesse au coude, et la douleur lui repond au petit doigt, he has hurt his elbow, and he feels the "pain at his little finger. II y a un chemin sous terre qui repond dans la foret, there is a subterraneous road that leads into the forest. Oes allees repondent a un canal, these walJcs lead to a canal. Ce cheval ne repond pas a I'eperon, this horse does not mind the spur. Pr. — en Normand, not to give a direct answer. Pr. Qui repond paye, the bail must pay. EEVENIR, ^n. To come again, come bacJc, return; appear again ; grow again; grov) wp again, shoot again ; change or alter one's opi- nion ; take a dislike to ; be weaned from, be cured of, be out of conceit with, be off with; forgive, be appeased or reconciled, be friends again; suit, match; please; come over to; be reduced ; arise, accrue, result; re- cover, recover one's self ; rise up in one's stomach; please; come, amount to; cost, stand in; be reduced to; appear or walk (as spirits do); recol- lect ; hear, he informed. Kevenir ^ la charge, to reite- rate one's reasons, en- treaties, (he. — d'uiie maladie, to recover from a fit of illness. — a soi, to come to one's self again. — sur I'eau, to recover one's Ne pas revenir de . . ., to wonder at . . ., be as- tonished at . . . Je n'en reviens pas, I am as- tounded at it. Get habit revient a tant, that coat amounts to so much. II ne m'en revient rien, I get nothing by it, Combien m'en reviendra-t-il? how many will fall to my share? Le vin fait revenir le cceur, wine cheers the heart. II ne revient jamais, he cannot be persuaded. Eevenir de ses prejuges, to shake off one' s prejudices. — de ses folies, to leave off one's old pranks. — a Favis des autres, to come over to the opinion of others. J'etais alors revenu des louanges, / was at that time cured of my vanity. Son humeur ne me revient pas, his humoiir don't suit my taste. . IDIOI^IATIC VEEBS. 215 Son Dom ne me revient pas, / cannot recollect Ms name at present. Sa figure me revenait, 1 liked his appearance, II me revient de toutes parts que vous vous plaignez de moi, everybody tells or informs me that you com- plain of me. Cela me revient toujours dans r esprit, that ever runs in my mind, II revient des esprits dans cette maison, that house is haunted, Faire revenir de la viande, to parboil meat, Pr, A tout bon compte re- venir, errors are excepted^. Pr, — a ses moutons, to re- turn to one's favourite topic, EIRE, vn. To laugh; laugh at (one) ; be merry ; jest, joke, he in jest ; smile, look pleasant ; [fig.] despise, not to cam for, Eclater de rire, etouffer or crever de — , to burst out with laughing. — a gorge deploy ee, to laugh as if it were for a vjager, — dans sa barbe or sous cape, to laugh in one''s sleeve. — au nez de quelqu'un, to laugh in one's face, — du bout des dents, ne — que du bout des levres, to laugh when one has a mind to cry, Se chatouiller pour se faire — , to do all that one can to laugh. j Yous me faites — , your pro- ' posal is nonsense, Appr^ter a rire, to make one's self a laughing - stock, make sport. ] Avoir le mot pour — , to be full of jokes. Tout en riant, il lui a dit de bonnes verites, though in a joke, he told him plain truths. Tout lui rit, fortune smiles upon him, Je le disais pour rire, 1 spoke itin jest or. out of fun, Pr. Pincer sans — , to banter with a serious face, Pr. Et de rire, and they be- gan laughing. Pr. Marchand qui perd ne pent — , let them laugh that win. Pr, Rira bien qui rira le der- nier, all is well that ends well. SAYOIR, va. To know, un- derstand; have knowledge of, he informed; he able, have skill, be skilled; know, have in onemory; know how, Faire — , to notify, inform. II n'en sait rien, he knows no- thing of it'. Tout se sait, everything is known. \ Je ne sache rien de si beau, / I know nothing so fine. Personne que je sache, nobody that I know of, Un je ne sais quoi, un certain je ne sais quoi [an inex- pressible something], a je ne sais quoi, something I do not knoxo what. 216 IDIOMATIC VERBS. II sait travailler, he knows how to work. II sait mieux qu'il ne dit, he hnows thinrjs tetter. Savoir vivre, to hnom how to hehave. I Savoir gre, bon gre ^ quel- ' qu'un, to take it well or j kindly of one. — mauvais gre a une per- \ Sonne, to take it ill or un- | kindly oj a jjerson. | — de bonne part, to have from \ good hands. \ II se sait bon gre d'avoir fait : une telle action, he is pleased with himself for having done such an ac- tion. Je lui en sais le meilleur gre du monde, / am highly pleased with him for it. Je ne saurais, I cannot. Je ne sais qu'en croire, I know not what to think of it. Sachez que cela n'est pas, as- sure yourself that it is not so. Si Ton vient a savoir cela, if that comes to tie known. Je ne puis, o?' je ne saurais qu'y faire, / cannot help it. Je ne sais oii j'en suis, I know not which way to tnrn myself. Que sait-on % who knows f Pr. II sait le fin du fin, he is acquainted with the most secret S2:)rings of affairs. Fr, II sait la carte du pays, or simply la carte, he is well acquainted with every particular. SORTIE, vn. To come, go, get or step out; issue or come out; get off, come off, free one's self from; march out, go al)road; jut out; issue, proceed (as an offspring) ; come out, shoot out; hreak out; exhale ; come forth, spring, he horn. Soitir de la ehambre, to go or rovit\(i\}ie,tol)eashopheeper, keep a shop. Tenir une chose secrete, not to speak of an affair. — la vie de quelqu'un, to hold one^s lije oj one, owe it to him. — quelqu'un par les cordons, or par les lisi^res, to have one in leading-strings. — le de dans Ja conversation, to engross all the conver- sation, — sa parti e [mus.], to sing oneh part, — des ecoliers en pension, to keep a Itoarding-school. — la tete droite, to hold up one^s head. — les yeux baisses, to keep one's eyes down, — sa promesse, to keep one's word. — menage, to he a house- keeper. — table ouverte, to keep an open tal)le. — une bonne or mauvaise conduite, to follow good or l)ad courses. — le parti de quelqu'un, to follow one's party, side with him, — sa gravite, to keep xip one's gravity. — lieu de pere, to act like a father. ■ — lieuderecompense,j^(? se7've instead of a reward. — le timon des afiaires, to govern the state, S^c. — quelqu'un de court, to keep a strict hand over one. — les livres, to keep a mer- chant's or l)ankefs dooks, he a hook-keeper. — les livres en partie double, IDIO^vIATIC VERBS. 219 to liee'p hooks after the Italian method, or ly douUe entry. Tenir la caisse, to lieep tJie cash-book. — tete a quelqu'un, to co^c with one. — la main a quelque chose, to take care of a thing, look to it. — quelque chose dans sa manche [fig.], to he cock- sure of a thing. — en bride [fig.], to keep tin- der. — une route, to follow a way. Je tiens le voleur, / have got hold of the thief. Tenez, voila ce que je vous dois, here, take what I owe you. Tenez, le voila qui passe, see, now he is going hy the door, S^c. II a beau faire ^ present, jele tiens, he may do what he will, now I have or hold him fast. Tout ce qu'il a, il le tient de votre liberalite, he holds all that he has from your generosity. II y a long-temps que la fievre le tient, the fever has heen long upon him. Quand son acces le — , when the Jit is uyon Mm,. Sa belle humeur le — , he is in a good Mimour. Qu*a-t-il 1 qu'est-ce qui le — ? what is the matter with him ? L'arm6e — la camx3agne, the army keeps the field, or ^5 in the field. II — bien song rang, he keeps up or maintains his rank. Un muid doit tenir tant de litres, a hogshead must hold so many litres. Ce seau tient bien Teau, that l)iicket is very tight. Je ne vous tiendrai guere, 1 won't detain or keep you long. Je tiens cela pour certain, I hold that for a certainty. Je le — honnete homme, pour honnete bomme, I look lip on him as an honest 7a an. Je me tiens beureux d'avoir . pu vous servir en quelque chose, I account myself happy in having heen atle to serve you in something. Tenez-vous pour dit que . . ., you may assure yourself that . . . Tel fut le discours qu'eile me tint, such was her dis- course. Faire tenir de I'argent, des lettres, to remit money, convey letters. TENIE, vn. To hold, resist, withstand ; he kept in force ; stick; he fast ov firm ; he contiguous, close or adjoin- ing ; stand for, side with ; he held or contained; he held, sit, he sitting; he pawned, or he in pawn for. — de son pere et de sa mere, to take after one's father and mother, or resemUe them. — ferme, to hold or hold out, stand or stand out. 220 IDIOMATIC VERBS. Les ennemis ne tiendront pas, the enemy won't keep their ground or i^osition. Je ne puis plus tenir centre votre douleur, I am not proof against your sorrow. II ne tient point contre I'in- teret, contre I'argent, he is entirely swayed l)y in- terest ; he is not proof against money. Je Texhortai a tenir bon, I en- coiiraged him to persevere. II faut que le traite tienne, the treaty must Ije kept in force. II tient a ce parti-la par des raisons de famille, he is tied to that party or in- terest ly family consider- ations. II or elle ne — point aux ap- point ements, salary is no ol)ject to him or to her (alluding to a clerk, a teacher, governess, &c.). Le temps ne tiendra pas, the weather won't hold out. Ce clou tient trop, this nail holds too fast. II en — , or il en a dans I'aile, he is caught; he is smitten. Ses pierreries tiennent pour mille ecus, her jewels are prawned, or in pawn, for 1000 crowns. L'injure qu'il a re^ue lui tient au cosur, the affront sticks iyi his stomach. Celui qui ne — a rien, he who has no connexions. Je ne sais a quoi cela — , I know not where it sticks. S'il ne — qu'a donner dix souverains, je les don- nerai, if nothing is want- ing iut ten sovereigns, I will lay down the money. II ne tient qu'a vous de le faire, it is in your power to do it. II ne tiendra pas a moi que . . ., it will not 1)6 my fault if . . . Ma maison tient a la sienne, my house is contiguous to his. II n'y a ni parente, ni amitie, qui tienne, no ties ofUood ov friendship can hinder it, A qui tient-il que cela ne se fasse ? 7vho hinders the thing from Ijeing done ? Pr. Un tiens vaut mieux que deux tu r auras, a dird in hand is worth two in the hush. SE — , vr. To lay hold, hold fast ; stick, adhere ; keep or remain in (any place or state) ; l)e contiguous, lie close together; hang upon one another; Ve kept or held ; Relieve or think one's self — de, toforlear. — bien a cbeval, to sit fast or well on hor§el)ack. ' — a son mot, to stand to one's word, have l)ut one word. — a peu, a peu de chose, a une vetille, or simjjly, a rien, to stand upon a small matter or trifle. — en ambuscade, to lie in amhish. — cache, to keep out of the way. — sur ses gardes, to stand upon one's guard. — droit, stand straight or up- right. IDIOMATIC YEEBS. 221 Se tenir a ne rien faire, to stand doing nothing. — a genoux, to be upon one's knees, — toujours propre, to go al- ways neat. — les bras croises, to sitivitli one's arms across. II se tint a une branclie, he laid liold of a hranch, S'en tenir a, to ahide hj. Je m'y tiens [at cards]; I stand. Je me coucliai sans savoir a quoi je devais ni'en tenir, I went to led without Iniowing wliat to tJiinh of\ the matter. Je m'en tiens a votre avis, I stick to your advice. Yous ne devez pas vous en tenir a si pen de chose. you ought not to he satis- Jied with such a trifle, j Tenez-voiis la, et n'en partez i pas. stay there ^ and do not \ stir from thence. ' Quand on est bien, il fant s'y ' tenir, 7vhen one is well, he mnst not think of changing. Tenez-Yous en repos, le ciuiet. Les graces se tiennent par ia main, the graces go hand- in-hand together, II ne saurait se tenir de parler, he cannot hold his tongue. L'assemblee se tiendra a Lon- dres, the meeting will le held in London. Des qu'il apprit cela, il se tint perdu, as soon as he learned that, he looked upon himself as undone . II se tient les cotes de rire. he splits his sides witli laughing. Fr. S"il est bien qu'il s'y tienne, if he is well off., let him keey so. TIREIi, I' a. To draw ; indl, p)luck^ wrench ; draw out, pull out, taJce out ; draw off] pull off, taJce off, suck, milk ; reap, receive, gather, ohtain; exa ct, re q u ire, de m a n d; draw (a line or figure) ; extract, discharge, flre, shoot, shoot ttf^ '^'i '#"; P^'^-'i^ off] cast ; wiredraw (gold). — Tepee, to drarc, flght one with a sword. — son epee du fourreau, to unsheathe one's sword, Tirer des armes, to fence. — en bas, to pull down, — de I'eau, to draw water, — du sang, to let hlood. — une Tache, to milk a cow. — ses bottes, to pull off one's hoots. ■ — un homme de prison, to get one out of prison, — quelqu'un de la boue, de la poussiere, to raise one from the dirt or dust, — quelqu'un d'errem^, to un- ; deceive one. — vanite d'une chose, to he proud of a thing. — du profit, de rutilite d'une chose, to draw profit hy a thing, profit hy it. — parti de quelqu'un, de quelque chose, to make an advantage of one, or of a thing. — raison, satisfaction, d'une injure, to obtain satisfac- 222 IDIOMATIC VEEBS. tion or reparation for an I injury, Tirer vengeance, to he re- \ — une somme en ligne de compte, to 'put any sum into an account. — une lettre de change siir quelqu'un, to draio a hill of exchange upon one, — au cordeau, to draw in a straight line. — la quintessence d'une af- faire, to make the most of an afair, — une personne au naturel, to draw one to the life, — au-del^, to out shoot. — • en I'air, to fire in the air. — au blanc, to fire at a marJc. — un feu d'artifice, to let off fireworks. — au sort, a la courte paille, to draw or cast lots, draw cuts, — du vin, une liqueur au clair; [fig.] une affaire au clair, to rach, refine, wine, a liquor; clear up a husiness. On ne pent pas — d'argent de cet homme-la, one canH get money out of that maii^s hands. — pied or aile d'une chose, to get some advantage from a thing either hy hook or hy crook. Cette riviere tire sa source d'une telle montagne,^Aaif river takes its rise from such a mountain. On n'a tire que quatre mille exemplaires de ce livre, they have only worked off four thousand copies of this hook. Pr. Tirer les vers du nez a quelqu'un, to pump a thing out of one, Pr. lis en sont aux couteaux tires, they are at daggers drawn. Pr. Tirer le diable par la queue, to he hard put to it for a livelihood. Pr. — son epingle du jeu, to slip 07ie^s neck out of the collar, Pr, — les marrons du feu avec la patte du chat, to make a cat^s-paw of one. Pr, II faut qu'il tire bien la courroie pour aller jus- qu'au bout de I'an, he must take pains to make hoth ends meet. Tirer, vn. To go, — de long, to scamper away, take to ove!s heels. — a sa fin, to he almost finish- ed; [fig.] he dying. — sur quelqu'un — [fig.J ^^ hanter one, — ^ cartouche sur quelqu'un [fig.], to speak very ill of one. — - sur, to incline to. Cette pierre tire sur le vert, that stone is greenish, or inclines to green. De quel cote tirez-vous? ^uhat way do you go? Cela tire a consequence, that may he attended with good or serious co7isequences. La maladie — , or traine en longueur, it is a lingering illness. Son fusil vint malheureuse- IDIOMATIC YEBBS. 22^ ment a tirer, his gun un- luckily went of\ Cette corde tire, this rope is very tight. TOMBER, vn. To fall, fall down^ tumble^ tumble down; drop^ drop down; come^ light, happen; come down; [said of the wind,] cease, abate; descend; becor/ie the property of; be overthrown, fall on, concern; sin; fall to decay; fall into contempt, he despised, lose ones repu- tation. — a terre, to fall to theground. — malade, to be taken ill, — en defaillance, to faint away, '— dii haut mal, to have epi- leptic fits. — raide mort, to fall down dead, — en enfance, to become childish. — en ruine, to fall to decay. — sur les ennemis, to fall on the enemy. — dans le sens, dans le senti- ment de quelqu'un, to agree with one in opinion, — d'accord, to agree to (a thing). — en partage, to fall to one!s lot. Toutes les dents lui sont tom- bees, he has lost all his teeth. Les cheveux me tombent, all my hair comes off. La neige, la pluie, &c., tombe or impersonally, il tombe de la neige, de la pluie, &c., it snows, it rains, Sc. II faut laisser tomber cela, we or you TMcst let that drop or blow over, Cela tombe sous le sens, ihafs a palpable case, Faire tomber la conversation sur quelque chose,2^o bring a thing into conversation, Le vent est tombe, the wind has fallen, Le jour tombe, or il se fait nuit, it grovjs dark, Ses cheveux lui tombent sur les epaules, herhair hangs upon her shoulders. La nouvelle piece est tomb^e a plat, the new play was a complete failure. La conversation tombe, con- versation flags. Pr. Tomber de son haut, des nues, to be amazed at any- thing. Pr. Les bras me tomberent, / was thunderstruck at it, Pr. II semble tomber des nues, he looks as if he had dropped from the clouds. Pr. — de fievre en chaud mal, to fall out of the frying- pan into the fire, TOUCHER, va. and n. To touch; feel, handle, lay one's hand on; receive; border on, be next, adjoining or con- tiguous to ; reach ; strike, tap ; express ; affect, move, go near one's heart, win; play upon (a musical instru- ment); touch or try (metals) ; draw OY paint; express^ re- present; speak of (a thing), handle (it); concern, affect, relate to; be related or alcin to; land or arrive at. 224 idio:matic yeebs. Toucher quelqu'un du coude, I du bras, du pied, to touch] one vjith the elboiv, the \ arm, ov foot. I — dans la main de quelqu'un, | to give one's hand; shaJce \ hands with one. \ Touchez-la, 1' affaire est faite, ' the business is done, shake ' hands. \ Faire toucher une chose au' doigt et a I'oeil [fig.], to make anything pladn. — la grosse corde, to touch upon the main point or chief difficulty of an affair. Cast une corde qu'il ne faut pas — , one must not touch upon that string. Faire toucher de I'argent, to procure or remit money. Je ne veux point — a cet argent, I will not hreah in upon that money. Se laisser — , to relent^ relax. J'y touche de la main, / reach it with my hand. II a touche le blanc, he has hit the marJc. Nous touchons a Noel, we are very near Christmas. J'en ai touche quelques mots, I have dropped some hints on the subject. II a touche trois points fort importans, he has handled three very material points. Ce predicateur touche beau- coup ses audit eurs, that preacher affects his hear- ers very much. II touche a sa derniere heure, his last hour is at hand. II ne me touche ni de pres ni de loin, he is in no way related to me Cela ne me touche point, that does not concern me. II n'a pas Fair d'y toucher, or on ne dirait pas qu'il y touche, he looks demure about it; he is acting slyly all the time. [At trick-track and draughts,] Dame touchee, dame jouee ; [at chess], piece touchee, piece joueC; if you touch a pawn or a piece, you must play it. TOURNER, va. To turn, move round, revolve; turn (on a lathe) ; turn (by put- ting in a certain position, or on a certain side) ; turn (by putting or placing the upside down); change, cdter; spoil, corrupt, mar ; direct, convert, bend. Tourner une roue, to turn a wheel. — la tete, to turn one's head. — le dos, to fly, run away. — les pieds en dedans, en de- hors, to turn one's toes in or out. — une personne a son gre, to ma/nag e one as one pleases. — un homme de tons les sens, to pump one every v^ay. — bien un vers, to give a good turn to a verse. — une carte, to turn up, face a card. — bride, to ride bach. — tout en bien, en mal, to put a good or bad con- struction on all things, — les choses, a son avantage, to turn things to one's advantage, make the best of them. IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 225 Tourner quelqu'un en ridicule, to make one ridiculous. — une ch(ise en raillerie, to make a jest of a thing^ jest or droll upon it. — casaque, to he a turncoat. 11 tourne bien un compliment, he gives a good turn to a compliment. La fortune lui a tourne le dos, fortune has deserted him. II tourne coeur [impersonally], hearts are trumps. Pr. Tournez la medaille, turn the tables novj. Tourner, vn. To turn, move round^ have a circular onotioa; go here and there; turn (by moving the face to another quarter) ; change its colour (as fruit does when it begins to ripen); he spoiled; change to acid (as milk) ; be brought eventually. — de cote et d'autre, to turn to and fro. — autour du pot [to hesitate in telli^ or doing what can be told or done at once], to beat about the bush. La tete me tourne, my head is giddy. La tete lui a tourne, his brains are turned; he is puffed up with his good fortune, Cela tournera mal, that will come to no good. La chose a tourne autrement qu'on ne pensait,^Ae thing has taken a different turn from what was expected. La sauce est tournee, tM sauce is running to oil. Le vent a tourn6, the wind has shifted about. TRAYERSER, va. To go or travel through; cross, pass over; go or run through (anything); traverse, cross, lay athwoM ; [fig.] thwart with obstacles, cross. — les desseins de quelqu'un. or — quelqu'un dans ses desseins [fig.], to thwart one in his plans. Cet homme me traverse en tout, that ma.n thvmrts me in everything. La pluie a traverse mon man- teau, the rain has soaked my cloak. Un coup de mousquet lui tra- versa le corps, a musket- shot v:ent through his body. Traversa, vn. To cross, lay athivart another thing. Un chemin qui traverse, a cross-road. TROUYER, va. To find; find, out, discover; meet with, fcdl upon ; hit on by chance; remark, observe; in- vent; think, declare. — un tresor, to find a treasure. — un secret, to find out a secret. — a manger, to get something to eat. — a dire, a redire, to find fault vjith. — bon, to approve, think fit. — mauvais, to disapprove, dislike, take ill. Aller — quelqu'un, to go to Q 226 IDIOMATIC YERBS. one, go to see him, wait upon him. Comment le trouvez-vous ? how do you like it ? Je trouve cela bon, je trouve que cela est bon, I like that ; 1 think that good ; that seems good to me; 1 take it to he good. On n'en trouve plus, there is no such thing to he had. Pr. Qui bien fera, bien trou- vera, do well and have well. SE — , w. To meet, he found; go or repair to, he in or at^ he present ; find one^ s self, he; prove, he found, appear. 11 se trouverent au rendez- vous, they met at the ap- pointed place. Je m'y trouverai, 1 will go thither^ I will he there. Me trouvanthierdansce quar- tier, happening yesterday, to he in thatneighhourhood. Se — mal, to he ill, find one's self ill; faint. — bien, to he well. — mieux, to he hetter, fitnd ooze's self hetter. — bien de quelqu'un, de quel- que chose, to he very well satisfied with somehody or something. Je me trouve bien d'un tel regime, I find my self much hetter for such a diet. On se trouve bien de vivre sobrement, it is heneficial to he teraperate in eating and drinking, Je m'en serais tres-mal trouve, / should have fared hadly hy it. Cela s'est trouve veritable, that was found true; that proved true. II se trouva que, it happened that, it appeared that. YALOIR, va. and n. To be worth, he good or woHh., he of some value, he valuable ; stand for, he good for, be as good as; be worth, yield, — son prix, to he worth some- thing. — mieux, to be better. Ne rien — , to he good for no- thing, he worth nothing. Faire — une terre, to improve an estate. Faire — une terre par ses mains, to farm ov cultivate one's own estate one's self. Faire — sa marchandise, to set off one's wares; [fig.] make the most of what one says or does. Faire — une raison, to urge or press a reason or an argument. Faire — son droit, to prosecute one's right, make good one's title. Se faire — , to keep up one's importance; put one's self forward. II releve de maladie, les ra- gouts ne lui valent rien, he is just recovered f'om an illness, high-seasoned dishes are not proper for him. Au moins cela vaut-il bien la peine de I'essayer, at least it is worth while to try. II ne vaut pas la peine qu'on lui reponde, he is not worth answering. IDIOMATIC VERBS. 227 II ne fait rien qui vaille, he does nothing right. Donner votre placet, vaille que vaille, give your pe- tition at all events, Cette terre vaut trois mille .livres sterling de rente, that estate is worth three thousand pounds a-year. Deux maisons valant cin- quante mille francs, two houses worth fifty thou- sand francs, Cela vaut fait, it is as good as done. Autant vaut, as good as if it were so. Cela ne vaut rien pour notre ami, that bodes no good to our friend. Vous valez votre pesant d'or, you are worth your weight in gold. Ft. Chaque chose vaut son prix, chacun vaut son prix, everything or every- one is good for something. Pr, Le jeu ne vaut pas la chandelle, it is not worth while; it does 7iot quit the cost. Ft. Un averti en vaut deux, forewarned., forearmed. Fr. Monsieur vaut bien ma- dame, madame vaut bien monsieur, he is as good as she. Fr. Tant vaut I'homme, tant vaut sa terre, an estate is worth ivhat the possessor's industry makes it. Fr. Un tiens vaut mieux que deux tu I'auras, a cottage in possession is better than a kingdom in reversion. YENIR, vn. To come; he coming; go^ he going; reach, arrive at; proceed; issue, he born or descended, spring; chance, fall, fall out, hap- pen; grow, thrive. — au devant de, to come and meet. — a bout de, to succeed in. — au fait, a la question, to come to the point or ques- tion. — au monde, to be born, come into the luorld. — a parler de quelque chose, to chance to speak of someth ing. — a bout de ses desseins, to compass one's end. — a bout d'une chose, de faire une chose, to bring a business about, master it. — a bout de ses ennemis, to get the better of one's ene- mies. Le voila qui vient, he is com- ing. II lui ordonna de le venir joindre, he ordered him to come and meet him. II Ta fait — de Paris, he has sent for him from Faris. Cela va et vient, sometimes we have good business, at other times we have none at all, we do nothing. Je ne ferai qu'aller et venir, I will not stay, I shall be hack again presently. II faut le voir — , we must see what he can do, what he aims at. II lui vint une grosse fievre, a great fever came upon him. II vint une bourrasque, une 228 IDIOMATIC VEEBS. tempete, there arose a temjiest, a storm. Tout lui vi ent a souhait, every- thing succeeds according to his wishes. II me vint une pensee, a thought came into my head. II lui vint en tete, dans I'es- prit, it came into his head. or thoughts; the fancy took him ; he fancied. C'est un beau venez-y-voir, a ^fine thing, truly! a pretty thing, indeed ! Ce mot vient de celui-la, this rvord is derivedfrom that. li s'en est alle comme il est venu, he had his lahour for his pains. S'en — , to come, go away, Nous nous en vinmes en- semble, we came away to- gether. En venir aux mains^ to come to Mows, — aux mains avec Tennemi, to engage the enemy. — aux extremites, to use ex- tremities. — aux voies de fait, ^ la vio- lence, to use violence. — au fait et au prendre, to come to the push. — aux reproches, aux injures, to go so far as to revile one, or as to abuse 07ie another, or call one another names. — a son bonneur, to come off with honour. II en vint jusqu'a le menacer, he carried things so far as to threaten him. II en faut venir la, we must come to that at last. Faire venir, to raise. — venir du ble dans un pays, to make corn grow in a country. S'il venait a mourir, should he happen to die. Quand il vint a parler, when he began to speah. D'ou vient que vous faites cela ? what makes you do so? II vient de me parler, he has just spoken to me. Je viens de le quitter, I have left him just now. Get arbre vient bien, that tree thrives well. Les si^cles a venir, future ages. [Tbe following pbrases are proverbial :] Faire venir I'eau au moulin, to bring grist to the mill. Apr^s la pluie vient le beau temps, after a storm comes a calm; after sorrow comes joy. Un malheur ne vient jamais seul, one misfortune comes on the back of another. Tout vient a point K qui pent attendre, patience brings all things abotit. Ce qui vient de la flt^te, s'en retourne au tambour, lightly come, lightly go. YIDEE, va. To empty ; clear, evacuate, make empty, void; [fig.] determine, decide. — un sac, un tonneau, &c., to empty a sack or cask. — une cbambre, une maison, to clear a room or house. — le royaume, la province, to IDIOMATIC VEEBS. 229 avoid, leave, ov get out of the country or kingdovi. Yider les prisons, to make a jail-delivery. — une volaille, to draw a fowl, — du poisson, to gutjish. — un canon, to dore a cannon. — un etang, to drain a i^ond. — un differend, to put an end to a dispute. — un proems, to determine a lawsuit. VIVRE, vn. To live ; de alive; continue in life; main- tain one's self; pass life in a certain manner; lead a sort of life; deliave, carry one's sef ; exist, submit. lis ne vivent que de racines, de legumes, they live or feed only ujyon roots or pulse, or tipon vegetables. II vit mal, he fares hit scaii- tily. II fait cher vivre a Londres, it is dear living in London. — a table d'hote, to eat at an ordina/ry. — de regime, to diet one's self Faire — , to keep, feed, main- tain. — de son travail, to live by one's laljour. — d'aumones, to live upon charity. — d'emprunt, to live by bor- rowing. — en pension, to boa.rd. — d'industrie, to live by one's wits. — d'esperance, to live in hope. — en prince, to live like a prince. Vivre en homme de bien, to live like a good or honest man. — bien, mal avec quelqu'un, to be upon good or bad terms with one. Etre las de — , to be tired of life. Le savoir-vivre, good breeding, manners. II ne sait pas vivre, he has no manners. Apprendre ^ — , to learn man- ners. Je lui apprendrai bien a — , Til teach him manners. Qui vive? who goes or is there ? [Used in camps and recon- noitring ; in towns they say, cpai va la ?] Etre sur le qui-vive, to keep a sharp look-02it ; be very attentive to what is doing or going on. II faut toujours etre sur le qui- vive avec lui, one must be very guarded with him. Pr. Vivre au jour la journee, to live from hand to mouth. Pr, Chacun vit a sa mode, every man to his liking. Voir, va. and n. To see; perceive by the eye ; look at, behold; observe; find, be sensible of ; consider, ex- amine, remark ; discover, descry ; get acquainted with; visit; wait upon; inspect, oversee, have an eye upon ; taste, feel, — le jour, to be born. II n'est pas digne de — le jour, he don't deserve to live, II veut tout — par lui-meme, he 230 IDIOMATIC VERBS. insists upon seeing every- thing with his own eyes. Voir de loin, — bien loin, to see at a great distance. A le — vous le prendriez pour un honnete homme, hy Ms look you would take him to le an honest man. Venir — quelqu'un [fig.], to see what one would he at; see his design, Faire — , to let see, show, dis- cover. Se faire — , to show one's self. AUer — quelqu'un, to pay one a visit, call upon one. II n'a rien a — sur moi, he has nothing to do with me. Je I'ai vu de mes propres yeux, de mes deux yeux, I have seen it with my two eyes. Ma maison voit sur son jardin, my house looks over his garden. On n'a jaroais rien vu de pa- reil, the like was never seen lefore. Si vous ne le croyez, allez-y voir, if you won't helieve me., go and see for your- self or go and satisfy yourself. Faites cela pour voir, do that, and mark the end of it. C'est une chose a voir, that's a thing worth seeing, or to he seen. J'ai vu Vheure que, le moment qu'il allait se casser Je cou, he has been like to hreak his neck. He bien, je verrai, well, 1 shall consider over it. Nous en avons vu bien d'au- tres, we are not to he scared hy an owl, we were not horn in a wood. II n'a jamais rien vu que par le trou d'une bouteille, he knows very little of the world. C'est un beau venez-y-voir [in irony], a Jlne raree-show indeed I II ne voit personne, he keeps company with nohody. Ce n'est pas un homme a voir, he is not a man fit to keep company with. Yoyez a nous faire souper, let us have supper. Yoyez aux ouvriers, see to the workmen; take care of them. Pr. Faire voir du pays a quelqu'un, to show one Jine sport, find one work enough. Pr. II a vu le Ipup, he has heen in many dangers; he knows the world very well. Pr. II ne voit pas plus loin que son nez, he is short- sighted; hehasno forecast. VOULOIR, va. and n. To will, desire, wish, ask for, he willing; have a mind, in- tend; command, order, hid; consent, agree, suffer; re- quire, need; [said of ina- nimate things] will. Ce bois ne veut pas bruler, this wood will not hum, or won't hum. II veut partir demain, he in- tends or has a mind to set out to-morrow, II veut que vous partiez sur IDIOMATIC VEKBS. 231 I'heure, he will have you to go immediately. II le fera quand il voudra, heHl do it when he pleases. Yeux-tu que je te decouvre la cause de tous ces desor- dres 1 shall I lay l)efore thee the occasion of all these disorders ? Je le veux ainsi, / will have it so. Pour 6tre vertueux il ne faut que vouloir, to become vir- tuous requires only a sin- cere desire of heing so. Que voulez-vous ? what do you want ? Que voulez-vous ! what could Ido! Que voulez-vous dire % what do you mean ? Que veut dire ce mot 1 what is the meaning of that ivord? Vouloir du bien or du mal a quelqu'un, to wish well or ill to one. II vous en veut, he hears malice against you. II en veut a cette charge, he has that employment in his eye. A qui en voulez-vous par ce discours-la ? what do you mean hy that discourse? against whom is that dis- course levelled? A qui en voulez-vous ? whom have you a mind to speak to? whom doyouMamefor it? who has offended you? Dieu le veuilie ! God grant it! would to God it were so ! Puisque mon sort le voulait ainsi, si7ice my fate had so ordained. Je veux que cela soit ; je veux bien que cela soit, I grant it, suppose it were so. Oui, jele veux bien, yes, with all my heart. Que lui voulez-vous ? what is your business with him? THE END.